187
Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R Real Estate Investment Trust- Schenker, c/o H&R Property Management Ltd. CCI Bid Contacts: Rick Derbecker, B.Tech., CEI, GRP, LEED AP Boris Santander, Eng. May 1, 2013 CCI Project Nº: M12-1068-605 Toronto Montreal Calgary Victoria Vancouver

Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    7

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements

at 2300-2400 Senkus Street

LaSalle, Quebec

Prepared for H&R Real Estate Investment Trust- Schenker, c/o H&R Property

Management Ltd.

CCI Bid Contacts: Rick Derbecker, B.Tech., CEI, GRP, LEED AP

Boris Santander, Eng.

May 1, 2013

CCI Project Nº: M12-1068-605

Toronto Montreal Calgary Victoria Vancouver

Page 2: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

This page left blank intentionally

Page 3: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TABLE OF CONTENTS – SECTION 00 01 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 00 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions Division 01 – General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 14 00 Work Restrictions 01 23 00 Alternates 01 29 00 Payment Procedures 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 23 Health and Safety (Coordination) 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements 01 45 00 Quality Control 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities 01 52 00 Construction Facilities 01 56 00 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 01 73 29 Cutting and Patching 01 74 00 Cleaning and Waste Management 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures Division 02 – Existing Conditions 02 41 00 Demolition and Removal Division 03 – Concrete 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Concrete and Concrete Repairs Division 04 – Masonry 04 05 00 Common Work Results for Masonry 04 05 13 Masonry Mortaring 04 05 23 Masonry Accessories 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry Division 05 – Metals 05 05 23 Welding 05 12 00 Structural Steel 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing Division 07 – Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

Page 4: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TABLE OF CONTENTS – SECTION 00 01 10

Division 08 – Openings 08 36 13 Sectional Doors Division 26 – Electrical 26 05 20 Electrical Supply and Wiring 26 50 00 Lighting Division 31 – Earthwork 31 23 33 Trenching and Backfilling Division 32 – Exterior Improvements 32 13 13 Concrete Paving

Page 5: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

PART 1 - Instructions

1.1 BID CALL

1.1.1 Offers signed under seal, executed, and dated will be received by the Owner:

Located at: H&R Real Estate Investment Trust- Schenker, c/o H&R Property Management Ltd.

3625 Dufferin Street, Suite 500

Toronto, Ontario

M3K 1N4

Attention: Michael Boyes

NO LATER THAN: Refer to tender call (notice of invitation to bid)

1.1.2 Offers submitted after the above time may be returned to the bidder unopened, at the discretion of the Owner’s representative.

1.1.3 Amendments to the submitted offer will be permitted if received in writing prior to bid closing and if endorsed by the same party or parties who signed and sealed the initial offer.

1.2 BID INTENT

1.2.1 The intent of this bid call is to obtain an offer to perform work to complete at

Project: Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements

Located at: 2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC

in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.3 BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.3.1 Bid Documents: The Contract Documents supplemented with Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, bid securities, and Bid Supplementary Forms identified.

1.3.2 Contract Documents: Defined in CCDC 4 – Unit Price, 2011 Edition, Agreement, General Conditions and Definitions.

1.3.3 A minimum of 15 days prior to Accepted Bidder staging on site, the following Documents shall be provided:

1. Accepted Bidder must provide a certified true Performance and Labour and Materials Payment Bond as described in Form of Tender.

2. Accepted Bidder must provide a certified true copy of the Insurance Policy.

3. Accepted Bidder must provide Commission de la santé et de la securite du travail (CSST) Certificate of Compliance and Clearance Letter confirming that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Board.

Page 6: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

1.3.4 All bidders shall provide the following documents with the tender submission:

1. A certified true copy of the Insurance Policy.

2. A certified true Clearance Certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) confirming that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Board.

1.4 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY

1.4.1 Bid Documents may be forwarded by the Consultant in PDF format.

1.4.2 Bid Documents are made available only for the purpose of obtaining offers for this project. Their use does not confer a license or grant for other purposes.

1.5 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS

1.5.1 Make a careful examination of the site of the work and investigate, at no cost or risk to the Owner, all matters relating to the nature of the work to be undertaken, the means of access to and egress from, the obstacles to be met with and the rights and interests which may be interfered with during the construction of the work.

1.5.2 Make a careful examination of the extent of the work to be performed and any and all matters which are referred to in the Drawings, Specification and Contract Documents, or which are necessary for the full and proper construction of the work and the conditions under which it will be performed.

1.5.3 Bidders shall carefully examine and study all of the contract specifications and the site of the work in order to satisfy themselves by examination as to all conditions affecting the contract and as to the detailed requirements of the construction. The Bidder shall base the tender on the products, equipment or suppliers named as approved in the Specification.

1.5.4 Bidders may, at their own discretion, submit alternates, materials, methods and details for review by the Owner, in addition to the Unit and Stipulated Prices called for in this document.

1.5.5 Such voluntary alternates shall be complete, without exceptions, listing proposed materials, supporting construction details, methods, specifications and cost adjustments necessary if accepted by the Owner. Such Alternates shall clearly indicate a credit, no charge, or cost increase and shall be inclusive in all respects. Acceptance of any or all alternates shall be final without subsequent negotiations. Bidders shall note that all work on bidders voluntary alternates shall be executed under the same existing conditions, control and scheduling as that specified.

1.5.6 All submissions for alternate materials must be submitted, in writing, three (3) business days prior to tender closing for review and acceptance.

1.6 DISCREPANCIES AND/OR OMISSIONS

1.6.1 Inspect the site and existing building conditions and examine all relevant documents, Drawings and Specifications before submitting a bid.

1.6.2 Bidders finding discrepancies in, or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications or other documents or having any doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part thereof, shall at

Page 7: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

once notify the Consultant who will send instructions in the form of addenda to all bidders. Neither Owner nor Consultant will be responsible for oral instructions.

1. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include costs in the Bid Price.

2. Verbal answers are only binding when confirmed by written addenda.

1.6.3 Any representation in this Specification and attached Bid Form are furnished merely for the general information of bidders and are not in any way warranted or guaranteed by or on behalf of the Owner or the Consultant or its employees, and neither the Owner, nor Consultant or its employees shall be liable for any representation, negligent or otherwise, contained in the documents.

1.6.4 This Specification and attached Bid Form have been prepared solely for the use by the party with whom the Consultant has entered into a contract (i.e. the Owner), and there are no representations of any kind made by the Consultant to any party with whom the Consultant has not entered into a contract.

1.7 BID CONTACT

1.7.1 Questions regarding the Contract Documents shall be directed to the Owner’s representative as follows:

Attention: Rick Derbecker, B.Tech., CEI, GRP, LEED AP or Boris Santander, Eng.

Telephone: 905).856.5200 ext. 225 (Rick – Toronto Office) 514.342.1422 (Boris - Montreal office)

Cellular: 647.223.3773 (Rick) 514.574.1422 (Boris)

Facsimile: 905.856.1455 (Rick – Toronto Office) 514.342.3705 OR 1.866.235.9870 (Boris - Montreal office)

Email: Rick Derbecker <[email protected]>; Boris Santander <[email protected]>

1.8 PRODUCT/SYSTEM OPTIONS

1.8.1 Bids shall be based upon using the materials or products specified or indicated by reference to a Manufacturer's name, by trade name or brand name, or by catalogue reference. Where two (2) or more names or brands are specified, the choice shall be the option of the Contractor.

1.8.2 Materials or equipment specified without the "approved equivalent" or “approved equal” clause following the name of the material or equipment, shall be supplied without substitution.

1.8.3 Where the Specification includes the "approved equivalent" or “approved equal” clause, substitutions may be proposed by the Contractor under the following conditions:

1. The bid sum shall be based on the materials or products specified.

Page 8: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

2. Any proposed substitutions shall be listed under "Material Variations" on the Bid Form. Proposed substitutions shall show the material or product names, complete Specifications and shall state what difference, if any, will be made in the amount of the bid for each substitution should it be accepted.

3. The cost of all items specified whether available or not at the time of bidding, shall be used for the basic bid unless the item has been permanently discontinued.

1.9 SITE EXAMINATION/PRE-TENDER

1.9.1 Bidders are required to attend the scheduled pre-tender site meeting. The pre-tender site meeting will be held:

At: OI Canada Corp. (LaSalle Warehouse)

2300-2400 Senkus Street

LaSalle, Quebec

On: Refer to tender call (notice of invitation to bid)

1.10 PREQUALIFICATION

1.10.1 Any Bidder when specifically requested must complete and submit CCDC #11 Contractors Pre-qualification Form to Owner/Consultant at submission of tender.

1.11 SUBCONTRACTORS

1.11.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject a proposed subcontractor.

1.12 BID SUBMISSIONS

1.12.1 Bidders shall be solely responsible for the delivery of their bids in the manner and time prescribed.

1.12.2 Submit two (2) copies of the executed offer on the Bid Form provided, signed and sealed together with the required security in a closed envelope, clearly identified with bidder’s name, project name and Owners name on the outside.

1.12.3 Improperly completed information, irregularities in the bid submission, may cause the bid invalid or informal.

1.13 BID BOND

1.13.1 Bids shall be accompanied by a security deposit in the form of bid bond in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the total contract amount. Only original copies of bonds are acceptable.

1.13.2 Endorse the Bid Bond in the name of the Owner as obligee, signed and sealed by the principal (Contractor) and surety.

1.13.3 The Bid Bond shall be valid for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of the bidding, and shall be supplied by a Surety Company licensed to operate in the Province of the Work.

Page 9: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

1.13.4 The security deposit will be returned after delivery to the Owner of the required Performance and Labour and Materials Payment Bond(s) by the accepted bidder.

1.13.5 If no contract is awarded, all security deposits will be returned.

1.14 AGREEMENT TO BOND

1.14.1 Submit with the Bid Form and Bid Bond, an Agreement to Bond or a Consent of Surety, supplied by a Surety Company licensed to operate in the Province of the Work, stating that the surety providing the Bid Bond is willing to supply the Performance and Labour and Materials Payment Bonds required. Only original copies of bonds are acceptable.

1.14.2 The Performance Bond and Labour and Materials Payment Bond shall be furnished by the same surety Company who issues the Bid Bond.

1.14.3 50% Performance Bond

1.14.4 50% Labour and Materials Payment Bond

1.14.5 The Agreement to Bond shall be valid for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of the bidding.

1.14.6 Include the cost of bonds in the Bid Price.

1.15 INSURANCE

1.15.1 Provide signed "Undertaking of Insurance" on standard form provided by insurance company stating intention to provide insurance to Bidder in accordance with insurance requirements of Contract Documents. The insurance is to include for and identify on form extra insured of both representative of the Consultant and Owner or Owners Representative.

1.15.2 The Owner will maintain and pay for all Risks Property Insurance for the project in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract.

1.15.3 The Contractor shall provide all other insurance including but not limited to, Automobile Liability and Contractor's Equipment Insurance.

1.15.4 The Contractor shall provide proof of all required insurance which shall include an "Additional Named Insured Endorsement" naming the following parties as being fully insured:

1. H&R Real Estate Investment Trust- Schenker, c/o H&R Property Management Ltd.

2. CCI Group Inc.

3. O-I Canada Corp.

1.15.5 The conditions of all required insurance shall be equal to or exceed those conditions of the Contract.

1.15.6 $5,000,000.00 Liability

1.16 BID FORM REQUIREMENTS

Page 10: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

1.16.1 Enclose in Bid Form, schedule to complete work. Completion date in Agreement must be this completion time added to commencement date if schedule outlined is not met by any other than Contractor.

1.16.2 Owner requires that work of this contract be completed as quickly as possible and consideration will be given to time of completion when reviewing Bids submitted.

1.17 BID SIGNING

1.17.1 The Bid Form shall be signed under seal by the bidder.

1.17.2 Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the words "Sole Proprietor" under the signature. Affix seal.

1.17.3 Partnership: Signature of all partners in the presence of a witness who will also sign. Insert the word "Partner" under each signature. Affix seal to each signature.

1.17.4 Limited Company: Signature of a duly authorized signing officer(s) in their normal signatures. Insert the officer's capacity in which the signing officer acts, under each signature. Affix the corporate seal. If the bid is signed by officials other than the President and Secretary of the company, or the President-Secretary-Treasurer of the company, a copy of the by-law resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing them to do so, must also be submitted with the Bid in the Bid envelope.

1.18 SCHEDULE

1.18.1 Submit a detailed Microsoft Project network and bar diagram (hard copy) and electronic format MS Project file schedules of the work, detailing start and completion dates for the various items of work indicated in the Summary of Work section of the specifications. The contractor’s schedule, as may be amended and agreed upon, shall then become part of the contract.

1.19 DURATION OF OFFER

1.19.1 Bids shall remain open to acceptance and shall be irrevocable for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after the bid closing date.

1.20 ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER

1.20.1 Owner reserves right to accept or reject any or all offers.

1.20.2 Lowest or any Tender will not necessarily be accepted.

1.21 BID INELIGIBILITY

1.21.1 Bids that are unsigned, improperly signed or sealed, conditional, illegible, obscure, contain arithmetical errors, erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may at discretion of Owner be declared informal.

1.21.2 Bids with Bid Forms and enclosures which are improperly prepared may at discretion of Owner, be declared informal.

1.21.3 Bids that fail to agreement to bond or insurance requirements may at discretion of Owner or Owners representative be declared informal.

Page 11: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

1.21.4 Bids are by invitation, only from selected bidders. Bids from unsolicited bidders may be returned.

1.21.5 More than one tender form from an individual firm, partnership, corporation or association under the same or different names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so affected.

1.22 WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER

1.22.1 Bids may be withdrawn at any time prior to the stipulated tender closing date and time.

1.23 ADDENDUMS

1.23.1 If necessary, and time permits, addenda may be issued to Bidders before date set for receiving Tenders. Do not take into consideration in your Tender instructions or answers unless they are confirmed by Addendum.

1.23.2 Insert in space provided on Tender Form, numbers of all addenda received during bidding period including any bound into specifications. If no Addenda have been received, insert the word “None” instead.

1.24 PERMITS AND FEES

1.24.1 The Contractor shall obtain permits, licenses and certificates, and pay the fees required for the performance of the work, which are in force at the date of bid closing. This shall not include the obtaining of permanent easements or rights of servitude.

1.24.2 The above excludes the cost of a building permit, which may be requested by the Municipality having jurisdiction, for the purpose of carrying out the required work. The costs associated with obtaining the permit will be the responsibility of the Contractor; however, the cost of the actual permit will be paid for by the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Page 12: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 8 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 13

This page left blank intentionally

Page 13: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR:

BID FORM

Submitted to: H&R Real Estate Investment Trust- Schenker, c/o H&R Property Management Ltd.

3625 Dufferin Street, Suite 500

Toronto, Ontario

M3K 1N4

Attention: Michael Boyes

Project: Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements

1.1 OFFER

We,

(Company Name)

of

(Business Address)

(Telephone) (Fax)

(Contact Name) (E-mail)

having examined and read the Bid Documents for the above noted project, including Addendum Number(s) _____________________, and having visited the site and examined all conditions affecting the Work, are satisfied, we understand the Bid Documents and declare ourselves competent to undertake and complete the Work, and we do hereby irrevocably bid and agree to carry out the Work in accordance with the Bid Documents; we, the undersigned, hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work for the price of:

$ ___________________________

dollars, in lawful money of Canada.

1.1.1 We have included herewith, the required Bid Bond and Agreement to Bond as required by the Instruction to Bidders.

1.1.2 Taxes:

1. All applicable federal taxes are included in the Bid Price.

2. All provincial taxes are included in the Bid Price.

1.1.3 All Cash and Contingency allowances are included in the Bid Price.

Page 14: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.2 ACCEPTANCE

1.2.1 This offer shall be open to acceptance and is irrevocable for sixty (60) days from the Bid closing date.

1.2.2 If this Bid is accepted by the Owner within the time period stated above, we will:

1. Execute the 'Agreement' within three (3) days of receipt of the form of execution.

2. Furnish the required bonds within seven days of receipt of the Agreement.

3. Commence work within _______ days after written notification of acceptance of this bid.

4. (Mandatory) Complete the Work in _______ calendar weeks from notification of acceptance of this Bid.

1.3 APPENDICES

1.3.1 A list of the Contract Documents is appended hereto and identified as Appendix A.

1.3.2 A list of Subcontractors is appended hereto and identified as Appendix B.

1.3.3 A list of Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration and Improvements is appended hereto and identified as Appendix C.

1.4 ADDENDA

1.4.1 The following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Contract Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Price.

ADDENDUM NO.: DATE:

Page 15: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.5 DECLARATIONS

1.5.1 We hereby affirm that:

1. No person, firm, or corporation other than the undersigned has any interest in this Bid or in the proposed Contract for which this Bid is made;

2. We have read, understand and agree to the terms and conditions and requirements detailed in the specification package of this Bid and specifically section 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders.

SIGNATURES:

Signed and submitted for and on behalf of:

COMPANY: (Name of company) (Address) (Telephone) (Fax) (Email) Signature: (signature) (name and title of person signing) Witness: (signature) (name and title of person signing) DATE: COMPANY SEAL

Page 16: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.6 APPENDIX A – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

1.6.1 The list of Contract Documents include the following:

1. Documents and Specifications cited in the Table of Contents at the beginning of the Project Manual.

2. Drawings.

1.7 APPENDIX B – SUBCONTRACTORS

1.7.1 I/We state that the following is a complete list of Subcontractors that will be required to complete the work and that no additions, deletions or changes to this list will be permitted after bid closing without the approval of the Consultant.

1.7.2 State "Own Forces" if a Subcontractor will not be required for any of the items of work listed. If additional trades will be required, insert in blank spaces.

1.7.3 Failure to complete this list of Subcontractors may result in disqualification of the bid.

1.7.4 We acknowledge the right of the Owner and/or the Consultant to reject without reason any subcontractor or supplier.

ITEM OF WORK NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR OR

SUPPLIER PRODUCT

Page 17: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.8 MATERIAL VARIATIONS (PROPOSED ALTERNATES)

1.8.1 Bidders shall complete a statement for each substitute piece of equipment or product for which consideration is requested.

Alternate No.

1. Manufacturer’s Name: Supplier’s Name: 2. Change in Price: Credit Extra 3. Reason for Proposing Alternate: 4. Detail Description of Alternative: 5. We the undersigned assume full responsibility that the above alternative will not exceed

the space requirements allocated, and we further agree that we will be responsible for any additional installation cost resulting from the acceptance of a substitute piece of equipment or product.

Per Contractor: 6. We acknowledge that the Owner and Consultant have the right to accept or reject the

proposed alternate at any time without any reason.

Page 18: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.9 SCHEDULE OF LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICES

1.9.1 The estimated quantities shown are to be used in establishing the Contract Price for each part and section of the work. The unit prices shown will be used to determine the cost and/or credit for any extra or deleted work from the entire work of the Contract, as determined by count and measurement of the actual quantities incorporated in, or made necessary by the work. Unit prices are for the completed work, and include all applicable taxes, overhead, profit and all other Contractor's expenses, and exclude the value added taxes.

1.9.2 Items of work, for which lump sum prices are required, shall be carried out completely throughout the contract area with no adjustments made to the bid prices. The Contractor shall verify for himself, through a careful examination of the site, the extent of the work related to each of the items of work for which lump sum prices are required.

1.9.3 Any items not specifically mentioned in the description below, but detailed in the Drawings, Specification and/or found to be required to complete the work as described in the Drawings and/or Specification, will be considered to be included in the prices listed.

Page 19: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.10 APPENDIX C – PHASE 3: WAREHOUSE RESTORATION AND IMPROVEMENTS

The following are our prices for the work listed hereunder.

Scope ref. Sect. 01 11 00 Description Unit

Estimated Quantity Unit Price Amount

2.1.2 – 2.1.4

Loading Docks – Phases A to C

2.2.1 Electrical component of work Per new dock

2.2.2 Clean Demolition and Removals Per new dock

2.2.3.1 Exterior Drainage modifications where existing drains must be moved away from the wall to accommodate new concrete pads: - Catch basin (CB) related

Per CB

2.2.3.2 Exterior Drainage modifications where existing drains must be moved away from the wall to accommodate new concrete pads: - trench drain related

Per Lin Ft

2.2.4 Concrete related components of Work including dock leveler pits and exterior concrete strips for vehicle restraints

Per new dock

2.2.5 Masonry related components of Work including making good to concrete block walls

Lump Sum

2.2.6 Structural steel framing related components of Work including structural reinforcements of exterior wall, door jambs, headers, and girts

Per new dock

2.2.7 Exterior metal cladding related components

Lump Sum

2.2.8 McCormick Equipment’s Work Scope including supply and installation of all remaining loading dock and associated overhead door assemblies as specified in Section 08 36 13 Sectional Doors.

Per new dock

2.1.5 Loading Docks – Phase D

2.1.5.1 LaSalle 4: move fire exit, install new loading dock typical assembly, re-build wall Lump sum

2.1.5.2 LaSalle 1: Create two (2) new typical loading docks in the exterior wall Lump sum

2.2 Superstructure

2.2.1.1 Column Repair 1 – Square tubular Linear feet

Page 20: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 8 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR:

Scope ref. Sect. 01 11 00 Description Unit

Estimated Quantity Unit Price Amount

Hollow Sections

2.2.1.2 Column Repair 2 – Square tubular Hollow Sections

Linear feet

2.2.1.3 Column Repair 3 – Square tubular Hollow Sections

Linear feet

2.2.2.1 Column Repair 4 – W-shapes Linear feet

2.2.2.2 Column Repair 5 – W-shapes Linear feet

2.2.2.3 Column Repair 6 – W-shapes Linear feet

2.2.2.4 Column Repair 7 – W-shapes Linear feet

2.3 Facility Services Improvements

2.3.1 Interior Lighting and control LS1 & LS2

2.3.2. Interior Lighting and control LS3 & LS4

General

Mobilization/Demobilization of personnel and equipment on site. Lump sum N/A N/A $

Supply the following bonds: a) 50% Performance Bond b) 50% Labour and Material Payment

Bond Lump sum N/A N/A $

Cost of a building permit if required by the Municipality excluding the soft costs associated with obtaining the permit. Lump sum N/A N/A $

Sub-Total $________________________

Contingency Allowance (15% of Sub-Total) $________________________

Total 1 $________________________

G.S.T. (13%) (based on Total 1) $________________________

Total 2 $________________________

Q.S.T. (5.5%) (based on Total 2) $________________________

Grand Total (to be shown on Page 1 of Bid Form) $________________________

Note: The unit prices quoted include the specified cost, overhead, profit and applicable taxes in force at date of tender, with the exception of G.S.T. and Q.S.T.

Page 21: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 9 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR: 1.11 INFLATIONARY INCREASE

1.11.1 Indicate in the space provided below, the inflationary increase that would be applied to the submitted prices for work not carried out in 2013.

1.11.2 A__________% annual increase would be applied to work not completed in 2013.

1.11.3 The Owner reserves the right, and the Contractor agrees, to enter into a contract for any, or all, of the above items of work.

1.11.4 The owner reserves the right to reject any or all Tenders, including without limitations to the lowest Tender, and award the Contract to whomever the Owner in its sole and absolute discretion deems appropriate, notwithstanding any custom of the trade to the contrary nor anything contained in the Contract Documents or herein.

1.11.5 Criteria which may be used by the Owner in evaluating the tenders and awarding the Contract are in the Owner’s sole and absolute discretion, and will not be disclosed to bidders.

END OF SECTION

Page 22: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 10 of 10 Job No.: M12-1068-605 BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00

CONTRACTOR:

This page left blank intentionally

Page 23: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 GENERAL CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 72 00

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.1.1 The Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 4 – 2011 "Unit Price Contract" applies to the work.

1.1.2 Certain assumptions have been made regarding existing conditions, and because some of these assumptions cannot be verified without the expenditure of large sums of additional money or destroying otherwise adequate or serviceable portions of the building, the Owner and the Contractor agree that the Owner and the Contractor will hold harmless and indemnify the Consultant from and against any and all claims, damages, awards, and cost of defense arising out of the professional services provided under this agreement.

END OF SECTION

Page 24: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 GENERAL CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 72 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 25: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.1 Acceptance of this Contract including all Contract Documents implies acceptance of the existing conditions for this Project.

1.2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

The following amendments to the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 4 – 2011, "Unit Price Contract" are hereby made a part of the above document. The article numbers following refer to those contained in the General Conditions of the Contract, CCDC 4 – 2011.

The following are amendments to the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 4 – 2011, "Unit Price Contract".

1.2.1 Article A-9 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE

Add new Article A-9 as follows:

The Contractor represents and warrants that it will attain Substantial Performance of the Work by the date stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 – THE WORK, and acknowledges that it has been advised by the Owner that it is critical to the Owner that Substantial Performance of the Work is attained by such date. The Contractor agrees that time shall be of the essence in the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract.

1.2.2 Revise the Definition of “Unit Price” as follows:

A Unit Price is the amount payable for a single unit of Work as stated in the Schedule of Prices. Unit Prices are all-inclusive and are for complete work, in place, supplied and installed in accordance with applicable Contract requirements and include all labour, materials, Construction Equipment, transportation, general expenses, overhead, profit and all other incidentals required to complete the Work. Unit Prices shall take into account in all respects for the cost of execution of the Work under all seasonal and weather conditions and shall include the Contractor’s acceptance of responsibility for repair, rectification, reinstatement and maintenance of all finished surfaces which may be required until the end of the warranty period specified in the Contract Documents.

1.2.3 GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

Add the following sentence to the end of paragraph 1.1.6:

“The Specifications are divided into divisions and sections for convenience but shall be read as a whole and neither such division nor anything else contained in the Contract Documents will be construed to place responsibility on the Owner or the Consultant to settle disputes among the Subcontractors and Suppliers or as between them and the Contractor with respect to such divisions.”

Add new paragraph 1.1.11 as follows:

1.1.11 If the Contractor finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents or has any doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part thereof, he shall at once notify the Consultant, who will send written instruction or explanations. Neither the Owner nor Consultant will be responsible for oral instructions.

Page 26: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

1.2.4 GC 1.5 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE

Add new GC 1.5 – EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE as follows:

“The Contractor declares and represents that in tendering for the Work, and in entering into a Contract with the Owner for the performance of the Work, it has either investigated for itself the character of the Work to be done and all local conditions, including the location of any utility which can be determined from the records or other information available at the offices of any person, partnership, corporation, including a municipal corporation and any board or commission thereof having jurisdiction or control over the utility that might affect its tender or its acceptance of the Work, or that, not having so investigated, the Contractor has assumed and does hereby assume all risk of conditions now existing or arising in the course of the Work which might or could make the Work, or any items thereof more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfil, than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed.”

1.2.5 GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT

Add new paragraph 2.2.19 as follows:

“2.2.19 The Consultant or the Owner, acting reasonably, may from time to time require the Contractor to remove from the Project any personnel, including project managers, superintendents or Subcontractors. Such persons shall be replaced by the Contractor in a timely fashion to the satisfaction of the Consultant or the Owner, as the case may be, at no cost to the Owner.”

1.2.6 GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK

Modify paragraph 2.3.5 as follows:

2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that such work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction, including subsequent testing and retesting by the Owner.

1.2.7 GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK

Add new paragraph 2.4.4 as follows:

“2.4.4 Neither acceptance of the Work by the Consultant or the Owner, nor any failure by the Consultant or the Owner to identify, observe or warn of defective Work or any deficiency in the Work shall relieve the Contractor from the sole responsibility for rectifying such defect or deficiency at the Contractor’s sole cost, even where such failure to identify, observe or warn is negligent.”

1.2.8 GC 2.5 PUBLICITY RELEASES

Add new GC 2.5 – PUBLICITY RELEASES as follows:

“2.5.1 The Contractor shall not release, or allow to be released by others, to the public, except as required by regulatory authorities, any information on the Project without the prior written consent of the Owner. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for review and consent a written copy of the information proposed to be released.”

Page 27: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

1.2.9 GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK

Add new paragraph 3.1.3 as follows:

3.1.3 Prior to commencing the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner:

1. a current WSIB clearance certificate;

2. documentation of the Contractor’s insurance coverage having application to the Project;

3. a copy of the Notice of Project filed by the Contractor with the Ministry of Labour naming the Contractor as the “constructor” applicable under the Occupational Health and Safety Act;

4. if required, the bonds described in GC 11.2 – CONTRACT SECURITY.

1.2.10 GC 3.3 TEMPORARY WORK

Amend paragraph 3.3.2 by inserting “or the Consultant” in the second line after the words “where required by law”.

1.2.11 GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

Amend paragraph 3.5.1.2 by adding the following at the beginning of that paragraph:

Provide the expertise and resources, including manpower and Construction Equipment, as are necessary to maintain progress under the construction schedule, and

1.2.12 GC 3.8 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS

Add new paragraphs 3.8.4 as follows:

“3.8.4 The cost for overtime required beyond the normal Working Day to complete individual construction operations of a continuous nature, such as pouring or finishing of concrete or similar work, or Work that the Contractor elects to perform at overtime rates without the Owner requesting it shall not be chargeable to the Owner.”

1.2.13 GC 3.11 USE OF THE WORK

Add new paragraph 3.11.3 as follows:

3.11.3 The Owner reserves the right to take possession of and use for any intended purpose any portion or all of the undelivered portion of the Project, even though the Work may not have reached Substantial Performance of the Work, provided that such taking of possession and use will not interfere, in any material way, with the progress of the Work. The taking of possession or use of any such portion of the Project shall not be deemed to be the Owner’s acknowledgement or acceptance of the Work or Project, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations under the Contract.

1.2.14 GC 3.14 PERFORMANCE BY CONTRACTOR

Add new GC 3.14 as follows:

Page 28: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

3.14.1 The Contractor shall exercise a standard of care, skill and diligence that would normally be exercised by an experienced, skilled and prudent contractor supplying similar services for similar projects. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that, throughout this Contract, the Contractor’s obligations, duties and responsibilities shall be interpreted in accordance with this standard. The Contractor shall exercise the same standard of due care and diligence in respect of any Products, Subcontractors, Suppliers, personnel or procedures which it may recommend to the Owner or employ on the Project.

3.14.2 The Contractor shall forthwith perform, without cost or expense to the Owner, any and all such services as are required to correct or remedy any act, error, omission, defect, default, negligence or breach of Contract by or attributable to the Contractor.

3.14.3 The Contractor acknowledges that the Place of the Work is and will continue to be occupied during the Work and the Contractor shall perform the Work in the least intrusive manner possible, shall respect and comply with local regulations regarding permitted work hours, noise levels and work conditions, and shall take all reasonable steps to avoid interference with fire exits, building access and egress, continuity of electric power and all other utilities, to suppress dust and noise, to avoid conditions likely to propagate mould or fungus of any kind, and shall take all other steps reasonably necessary to promote and maintain the safety and comfort of the occupants and residents of the Place of the Work and the public in general. Without Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not permit any worker or Subcontractors to use any existing facilities including, without limitation, elevators, lavatories, toilets, entrances and parking areas other than those designated by the Owner.

3.14.4 In performing its Work under this Contract the Contractor shall:

1. carry out the Work between the hours accepted by the municipality or such other times as the parties may agree;

2. ensure that its employees, Subcontractors and Suppliers clean up and put away, on a continuous basis, all materials, equipment and tools and ensure that there are no obstructions or equipment which could hinder any person’s passage or imperil their safety.

1.2.15 GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER

Delete GC 5.1 in its entirety.

1.2.16 GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT

Add paragraphs 5.2.8 and 5.2.9 as follows:

5.2.8 The Contractor shall submit a Statutory Declaration, standard CCDC Document 9A-2001 “Statutory Declaration of Progress Payment Distribution by Contractor” and/or 9B-2001 “Statutory Declaration of Progress Payment Distribution by Sub-Contractor”, as applicable. This form is to be submitted with the second and all subsequent applications for payment, including release of holdback application. The Contractor shall submit a current WSIB Clearance Certificate with each application for payment.

Page 29: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

5.2.9 The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Consultant in writing immediately upon the actual quantity of an item of Work reaching 100% of the estimated quantity. The Contractor shall not continue such Work without a written authorization from the Owner to do so.

1.2.17 GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT

Revise paragraph 5.3.1.3 as follows:

5.3.1.3 the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT on/or before 20 calendar days after the later of:

1. the date of a certificate of payment issued by the Consultant, or

2. the last day of the monthly payment period for which the application for payment is made.

Delete paragraph 5.3.2 and replace it with the following:

5.3.2 Where the basis of payment for an item is by Unit Price, quantities in progress payments shall be considered approximate until final verification of quantities by the Consultant. A certificate for progress payment shall not be construed as the Consultant’s final verification of quantities. Final verification of quantities will be made after all work of an item is completed.

1.2.18 GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

Add paragraphs 5.5.1.3 and 5.5.1.4 as follows:

5.5.1.3 The Contractor shall transfer to the Owner all warranties including but not limited to the Contractor’s warranty for performed Work and Products related to the Work.

5.5.1.4 Publish the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work in accordance with the Construction Lien Act and provide copies of the published certificate to the Owner and the Consultant.

Amend paragraph 5.5.2 by adding the following sentence to the end of that paragraph:

A reserve fund may be retained by the Owner to secure the correction of deficiencies, the amount of such reserve fund to be based on the Consultant’s reasonable estimate of the cost of correcting deficient items.

Delete paragraph 5.5.3.

1.2.19 GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK

Add paragraph 5.6.4 as follows:

5.6.4 Each application for release of holdback on 100% completed sub-contracts as permitted under the Construction Lien Act shall be accompanied by a WSIB clearance certificate and a Statutory Declaration, standard CCDC Document 9A -

Page 30: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

2001 “Statutory Declaration of Progress Payment Distribution by Contractor”, and such additional supporting documents as the Consultant may reasonably require.

1.2.20 GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT

Modify paragraph 5.7.1 as follows:

5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment including a sworn statement that all accounts for labor, subcontracts, products, construction machinery and equipment (CCDC Document 9A – 2001 “Statutory Declaration of Progress Payment Distribution by Contractor”), submit WSIB Certificate of Clearance and submit as-built drawings, and such additional supporting documents as the Consultant may require.

Modify paragraph 5.7.4 as follows:

5.7.4 Subject to the provisions of GC 10.4 - WORKERS' COMPENSATION, Paragraph 10.4.1, the Owner shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Certificate for Payment by the Consultant make payment to the Contractor on account in accordance with the provision of Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT.

1.2.21 GC 6.5 DELAYS

Modify paragraphs 6.5.1 and 6.5.2 by deleting the last sentence in each paragraph and substituting the following in each case:

Subject to the Contractor’s obligation to mitigate costs, the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable direct costs directly flowing from the delay, but excluding the costs of the Contractor’s head office personnel and overhead costs, and excluding any consequential, indirect or special damages, and any claims for loss of profit or opportunity.

Modify paragraph 6.5.3 by adding the following to the end of that paragraph:

, in which case, and subject to the Contractor’s obligation to mitigate costs, the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable direct costs directly flowing from the delay, but excluding the costs of the Contractor’s head office personnel and overhead costs, and excluding any consequential, indirect or special damages, and any claims for loss of profit or opportunity.

1.2.22 GC 6.7 QUANTITY VARIATIONS

Modify paragraph 6.7.2 by deleting the number “15%” and replacing it with “30%”.

Modify paragraph 6.7.3 as follows:

6.7.3 Where the actual quantity exceeds the estimated quantity by more than 30%, a Unit Price adjusted pursuant to paragraph 6.7.2 shall apply only to the quantity that exceeds 130% of the estimated quantity.

Modify paragraph 6.7.4 deleting the number “15%” and replacing it with “30%”.

1.2.23 GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, TERMINATE THE CONTRACTOR’S RIGHT TO CONTINUE WITH THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT

Page 31: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

Add a new paragraph 7.1.5A immediately after paragraph 7.1.5 as follows:

7.1.5A The Owner may terminate the Contract at any time for any or no reason. In such event, the Owner shall pay for the Work performed up to the effective date of termination, including demobilization costs, and for such additional costs, if any, directly flowing from such termination which are a reasonable consequence of the termination, but excluding any consequential, indirect or special damages, and any claims for loss of profit or opportunity. The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any other claims, costs or damages whatsoever arising from such termination of the Contract.

1.2.24 GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR’S RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT

Add paragraph 7.2.6 as follows:

7.2.6 If the Contractor stops the work or terminates the Contact as provided for in paragraphs 7.2.1 to 7.2.5 above, the Contractor shall ensure the Project site is left in a secure condition as required by authorities having Jurisdiction and the Contract Documents.

1.2.25 GC 9.4 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY

Add paragraph 9.4.2 as follows:

9.4.2 The Contractor represents and warrants to the Owner that appropriate health and safety instruction and training have been provided and will be provided to the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, Suppliers and all others attending on the Project site.

1.2.26 GC 11.2 CONTRACT SECURITY

Delete paragraph 11.2.1 and replace it with the following:

11.2.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide to the Owner a fifty percent (50%) Performance Bond and a fifty percent (50%) Labour and Material Payment Bond. The Performance Bond shall cover the faithful performance of the Contract including for the extended warranty and guarantee periods for specific parts of the Work as specified, and the payment of all obligations arising under the Contract or as a result of any default, delay, neglect or wrongful act of the Contractor.

1.2.27 GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION

Delete General Condition 12.1 – INDEMNIFICATION in its entirety and substitute as follows:

12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates, the Consultant and their respective partners, officers, directors, agents and employees from and against any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, demands, losses, damages, actions, costs, suits, or proceedings (hereinafter called “claims”), whether in respect to claims suffered by the Owner or in respect of claims by third parties, that directly or indirectly arise out of, or are attributable to, the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its employees, agents, Subcontractors, Suppliers or any other persons for whom it is in law responsible (including, without limitation, claims that directly or indirectly arise out of, or are

Page 32: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 8 of 8 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 73 00

attributable to, loss of use or damage to the Work, the Owner’s property or equipment, the Contractor’s property or equipment or equipment or property adjacent to the Place of the Work or death or injury to the Contractor’s personnel).

12.1.2 The provisions of GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION shall survive the termination of the Contract, howsoever caused and no payment or partial payment, no issuance of a final certificate of payment and no occupancy in whole or in part of the Work shall constitute a waiver or release of any of the provisions of GC 12.1.

1.2.28 GC 12.3 WARRANTY

Paragraphs 12.3.1 to 12.3.6 – Delete all references to “…one year…” and substitute with the following:

“…five (5) years…”

Add new paragraph 12.3.7 as follows:

12.3.7 The Contractor shall carry out all remedial and warranty work at its own cost and expense and at a time convenient to the Owner, which may be outside of normal working hours. The Owner shall provide reasonable access to those portions of the Project necessary to carry out such work, subject to the Owner’s requirements for own operations. Prior to performing the work, the Contractor shall provide, for the Owner’s review and approval, a proposed schedule for the performance of the remedial and warranty work.

1.2.29 GC 13 LIENS

Add new general condition “GC 13 Liens” and the following clause:

13.1.1 The Contractor shall expeditiously remove any liens placed on the property by any Subcontractor, supplier, labourer, or anyone permitted to do so under the Construction Lien Act in accordance with the procedures required by the Act. No progress or final payments can be processed until liens are removed from title.

END OF SECTION

Page 33: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 GENERAL

1.1.1 This Specification details one of the following program of repairs:

1. Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 These tender documents are to be reviewed in their entirety and all sections shall be assumed to be interrelated.

1.2.2 Agreement, General Conditions, and Supplementary Conditions.

1.2.3 Other Division 1 specification sections.

1.2.4 This section describes requirements applicable to all Sections within Divisions 02 to 49.

1.3 CONTRACT METHOD

1.3.1 Contract Documents will be prepared by the Consultant for the Owner. Any use which a third party makes of the Contract Documents, or any reliance on or decisions to be made based on them, are the responsibility of such third parties. The Consultant accepts no responsibility for damages, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions made or actions based on the Contract Documents.

1.4 COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS

1.4.1 Drawings, specifications, and schedules are complementary each to the other and what is called for by one to be binding as if called for by all. Should any discrepancy appear between documents, which leave doubt as to the intent or meaning, abide by Precedence of Documents article below or obtain direction from the Consultant.

1.4.2 Examine all discipline drawings, specifications, and schedules and related Work to ensure that Work can be satisfactorily executed. Conflicts or additional work beyond work described to be brought to attention of Consultant.

1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

1.5.1 Workers are not permitted access to the building without the prior authorization of the Owner

1.5.2 Coordinate use of premises with Owner and Consultant.

1.5.3 Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations under this Contract.

1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY

1.6.1 Owner will occupy premises during entire construction period for execution of normal operations.

1.6.2 Cooperate with Owner in scheduling operations to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner usage.

Page 34: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

1.7 SCOPE OF WORK – GENERAL

1.7.1 Temporary Barriers, enclosures and signage will be highly enforced given the use of property.

1.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure the safety and proper execution of public routing; ensuring temporary access to fire exists if and when they are affected as part of the work.

1.7.3 Obtain Construction/Building Permit and all related permits, including sidewalk/roadway occupation permits as required by the local municipality.

1.7.4 Determine the nature and extent of all site services above and below grade prior to commencement of work.

1.7.5 Coordination of trades will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the work is completed as soon as possible. Provide winter protection and heat as required to perform the work if required and as specified.

1.7.6 Supply, set-up, maintain and remove scaffolding, man lift platforms and/or swing-stages during the performance of the work as required to access the repair areas. If scaffolding is to be used, the Contractor shall provide complete shop drawings bearing the seal of a Professional Engineer, licensed to practice in the province of work. Work shall include review and approval of installed scaffolding by designer. Allowance should be made for access to all elevations of the building.

1.7.7 No public access to the work area shall be allowed. Ensure access to fire exits is maintained and hoarded through the work area. Pedestrian access along sidewalks must be maintained as per Owners requirements. No areas of access to or around the building, including balconies and terraces, are to be restricted without the approval of the Owner and local authorities.

1.7.8 Install temporary protection at all locations of work, as required to ensure safe, clean, orderly removal and disposal work and to provide protection for all interior and exterior building components, vehicles, pedestrians and occupants.

1.7.9 Provide temporary support to existing structural and cladding components during performance of work (as required).

1.7.10 Install temporary protection for all materials and building components, which have been exposed during demolition/removals as specified.

1.7.11 Dispose of all materials at landfill site authorized by authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7.12 Weather conditions are considered incidental to the Work and will not be considered additional to Bid Price.

1.7.13 Contractor’s employees must be certified for the installation of specified materials.

1.7.14 Contractors shall meet all Ministry of Labour requirements for completing the work. The Contractor shall responsible for all site safety. The Owner and the Consultant shall not be responsible, in any way or any site safety, for the methods the Contractor uses to complete the work detailed in this specification.

1.7.15 The Contractor shall file a notice of project with the Ministry of Labour. The Contractor shall enforce proper work methods and act immediately on directions regarding safety and work practices given by authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to comply with

Page 35: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

instructions or orders from the Ministry of Labour or other authorities regarding safe work practices or provision of specified requirements under the Act shall be considered non-compliance with the Contract. Ensure that all personnel are equipped to comply with safety regulations detailed in the Act.

1.7.16 All existing entrances to the building shall be protected as required. Access and exits to the building must be maintained accordingly throughout the progress of the work.

1.7.17 Storage of materials and equipment must be arranged with the building’s management.

1.7.18 Prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapours and gases in areas of work and within the building itself.

1.7.19 The Contractor shall continually monitor the air quality within the parking garage areas during the entire program of repair. The Contractor shall provide all required ventilation as required to ensure that the air quality within the building and areas of work conforms to applicable codes and standards.

PART 2 - SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 LOADING DOCKS – PHASING PLAN

2.1.1 Loading Docks are to be phased from A to D. Commissioning activities involving turn-over of new docks to the tenant are to occur, by McCormick Equipment Co., Inc., before continuing onto the next Phase. See Drawings S4.0 and S5.0

2.1.2 Phase A:

1. LaSalle 2A Area defined by existing loading docks 28 to 32

2. LaSalle 4A Area defined by existing loading docks 39 to 42

2.1.3 Phase B:

1. LaSalle 1B Area defined by existing loading docks 12 to 18

2. LaSalle 2B Area defined by existing loading docks 33 to 37

3. LaSalle 3B Area defined by existing loading docks 2 to 6

2.1.4 Phase C:

1. LaSalle 1C Area defined by existing loading docks 19 to 25

2. LaSalle 3C: Area defined by existing loading docks 7 to 10

2.1.5 Phase D:

1. LaSalle 4D: Area defined between gridlines 32 and 32a, which includes dock 38 and a fire exit door

1. Work Scope to be defined in addenda

2. LaSalle 1D: Create two (2) new typical loading docks in the exterior wall. Perform the following Earthwork and Exterior Improvements in order to prepare the area for typical loading dock and door work:

Page 36: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

1. Work Scope to be defined in addenda

2.1.6 Excluded Docks:

1. All other docks not referenced above, including dock#1 (propane storage area – do not obstruct), 11, 26, and 27 are NOT to be included in any Work scope.

2.2 LOADING DOCKS – WORK BREAKDOWN

2.2.1 Electrical Component of Work:

1. Electrical connections to be performed by a licenced electrician conforming to all applicable regulatory requirements in the province of Quebec

2. Lockout procedure must be followed for circuits supplying power to electrical appliances / devices for which electrical Work is to be performed, before proceeding

3. Remove and dispose of old electrical wiring and unusable conduit.

4. Provide new power supply from work area’s original power source if old power cable is aluminum wiring or otherwise insufficient.

5. Provide overhead power cable tray hanging off of steel joists above, with main power cable for the dock loads enclosed. Provide power drops in conduit which will not be adversely affected by deck deflections, down to new flanged fused disconnects.

6. Following wall and door opening and wall construction, supply and install a new 575 Volt, 3 phase, flanged fused disconnect at each dock position from overhead power drops directly positioned above the corresponding dock’s Dok-Commander combination control panel. Label all of these boxes with a unique id corresponding the dock number (as per O-I Canada Corp) as well as power source identification.

7. Supply and install conduit and new Dok-Commander combination control panel, wired to the flanged fused disconnect boxes.

8. Do not energize until all attached equipment is connected and ready for testing during the commissioning stage associated with restoring operations to O-I Canada Corp. McCormick Equipment to ensure all equipment functions, repair any deficiencies. When the Work in the area is completed, McCormick Equipment Co., Inc. to advise the General Contractor that O-I Canada Corp. may use the areas completed to resume shipping / receiving operations.

2.2.2 Clean Demolition and Removals:

1. Install temporary shoring as required to support the steel structure including metal cladding above the existing exterior concrete block walls. Provide shop drawings, sealed and signed by a local professional engineer for this Work.

2. Once all temporary shoring is complete within one phased area and able to withstand loading, remove existing loading dock levelers, vehicle restraints, overhead doors and operators, control panel assemblies, bumpers, seals, shelters and in general any remaining product that will be replaced with the new

Page 37: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

ones. All products to be kept on-site unless the Project Owner allows for their removal from site.

3. Demolish concrete block wall including enclosed steel door opening frames dispose of materials offsite

4. Saw-cut and excavate exterior asphalt one foot out from Work area defined by concrete pad installation and/or drainage product being re-located. Dispose of asphalt offsite.

5. Remove embedded steel in floor around dock leveler depression. Saw-cut concrete floor as required per shop drawings issued by McCormick Equipment Co., Inc. for the installation of Dok-Box embedded steel forms. Dispose of concrete and embedded steel offsite.

2.2.3 Exterior Drainage modifications where existing drains must be moved away from the wall to accommodate new concrete pads:

1. Relocate catch basins interfering with the exterior concrete pad installations for the vehicle restraints

2. Supply and install new same or larger sized trench drains re-located to the exterior of the new concrete pads for the vehicle restraints

2.2.4 Concrete related components of Work including dock leveler pits and exterior concrete pads for vehicle restraints:

1. Do not begin concrete pouring until area is clean, prepared, and approved for pouring by Consultant.

2. Install supplied new Dok-Box (embedded steel dock pit forming kit), rebar, and conduit for hydraulic and electrical lines.

3. Place specified high-early strength concrete for around Dok-Box form and for exterior concrete pads for vehicle restraints. Finish surfaces.

4. Moist cure all concrete and allow sufficient time for concrete to harden before subjecting to loads.

5. Make good to any voids in foundation and floor created during the demolition and removals Work. Perform work as per Drawing S4.0 and S6.0

2.2.5 Masonry related components of Work including making good to concrete block walls.

1. Rebuild with new matching concrete block the concrete block walls as shown on Drawing S5.0.

2.2.6 Structural Steel framing related components of Work including structural reinforcements of exterior wall, door jambs, headers, and girts:

1. Supply and Install new structural steel frames as per Drawing S5.0

2.2.7 Exterior metal cladding related components

1. Supply and install new exterior metal cladding to match most common existing cladding, as per Drawing S5.0. Submit samples to Consultant for approval.

Page 38: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

2.2.8 McCormick Equipment Co., Inc. to supply and install all other products and equipment relating to the loading docks and associated overhead door assemblies, as specified in Section 08 36 13 Sectional Doors, including all hydraulic component connections, but excluding electrical (unless this electrical Work is sub-contracted to McCormick Equipment Co., Inc.).

2.2.9 The contractor shall be responsible for temporarily closing and securing all loading dock doors to restrict access to the loading dock areas during the entire course of the repair work. It is expected that the contractor go beyond the minimum to ensure the safety for the building occupants and the general public.

2.3 SUPERSTRUCTURE

2.3.1 Column Repairs – square tubular hollow sections:

1. Repair all columns identified as repair 1 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 1 outlined on drawing S2.0

2. Repair all columns identified as repair 2 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 2 outlined on drawing S2.0

3. Repair all columns identified as repair 3 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 3 outlined on drawing S2.0

2.3.2 Column Repairs – W-shapes:

1. Repair all columns identified as repair 4 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 4 outlined on drawing S2.0

2. Repair all columns identified as repair 5 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 5 outlined on drawing S2.0

3. Repair all columns identified as repair 6 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 6 outlined on drawing S2.0

4. Repair all columns identified as repair 7 on drawing S1.1 with proposed repair detail 7 outlined on drawing S3.0

2.4 FACILITY SERVICES IMPROVEMENTS

2.4.1 Interior T5 Lighting and control for LS1 and LS2: Replace existing Metal Halide high intensity discharge lights with high output fluorescent T5 lights. Re-use existing (aluminum) wiring

1. Remove old MH HID lights and stock pile. Remove from site only with express permission of Project Owner.

2. Supply and install new 600V-220V transformers to supply new 220V lighting power inside an existing electrical room, or out of the way from accidental fork-lift damage.

3. Supply and install five hundred and twenty nine (529) T5 fixtures with twist-lock plugs for each fixture

4. IBZ series Fluorescent High Bay 4-lamp 54W T5HO with cool running electronic, programmed rapid start ballasts and Twist-lock cord set

Page 39: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 7 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUMMARY OF WORK – SECTION 01 11 00

5. Bulbs to be 54W T5 Pentron C high output fluorescent lamp 5000K rare earth phosphor by Sylvania

6. Lighting Control: Supply and install two (2) GR 1400 Control panels by LC&D Lighting Controls, one in LS1, and the other in LS2.

7. Provide eight (8) motion control zones, four in LS1 and 4 in LS2 using 12 sensors in each LS1 and LS2, arranged in an optimal manner.

8. All wiring (approx. 5000’) in EMT conduit

2.4.2 Interior T5 Lighting and control for LS3 and LS4: Provide same products as referenced for LS1 and LS2 with the following modifications for the lighting replacement scheme:

1. Provide one single control box and two zones – one for LS3 and one for LS4. Provide seven sensors in total for these two zones, arranged in an optimal manner.

2.5 SUBMITTALS

2.5.1 The Contractor shall provide the following submittals:

1. Certificates & forms:

1. WSIB

2. Insurance

3. Bonds/Security Deposit

4. Notice of Project

5. Warranty Forms (blank)

2. MSDS’s

3. Microsoft Project Schedule (electronic MS Project file and hard copy)

2.6 CLEANING

2.6.1 Perform daily and final clean-up of the work area and surrounding areas of the site.

END OF SECTION

Page 40: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WORK RESTRICTIONS – SECTION 01 14 00

PART 1 - General

1.0 SECTION INCLUDES

1.0.1 Connecting to existing services.

1.0.2 Special scheduling requirements.

1.1 EXISTING SERVICES

1.1.1 Notify the Owner, Consultant and utility companies of intended interruption of services and obtain required permission.

1.1.2 Where Work involves breaking into or connecting to existing services, give the Owner and Consultant, 48 hours of notice for necessary interruption of mechanical or electrical service throughout course of work.

1.1.3 Keep duration of interruptions to a minimum.

1.1.4 Co-operate with the Owner in not unduly limiting access to the building and parking facilities during construction.

1.1.5 Maintain fire and life safety systems and public access to exits during all stages of the Work.

1.1.6 Provide suitable access to the building for pedestrian traffic at all times. Provide, install and maintain barricades, lights and catwalks as necessary. Barricades must be suitable for their intended use.

1.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

1.2.1 Perform noise generating work as required by the local municipality:

1. from Monday to Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

2. on Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays to Owner approval.

1.2.2 Submit schedule of special requirements or disruptions to Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 41: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WORK RESTRICTIONS – SECTION 01 14 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 42: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ALTERNATES – SECTION 01 23 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

1.1.1 Refer to Section 00 21 13, "Instructions to Bidders", Subsection 1.6, "Substitutions" prior to close of bidding.

1.1.2 After signing of the Contract, material substitution will not be permitted unless the following conditions occur:

1. The specified material is unavailable.

2. The delivery of the specified material in the opinion of the Consultant would unduly delay the completion of the Contract.

1.1.3 Full details of the proposed substitution, including samples, shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor, to the Consultant. The Consultant shall give written acceptance of the use of the substitute material.

1.1.4 The Consultant may reject any proposed substitution without giving any reason.

END OF SECTION

Page 43: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ALTERNATES – SECTION 01 23 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 44: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PAYMENT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 29 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Prior to official submission

1.1.2 Official submission

1.1.3 Allowances

1.1.4 Additional Work

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC)

1. CCDC 4 – 2011, Unit Price Contract

1.3 PRIOR TO OFFICIAL SUBMISSION

1.3.1 Submit draft copy for review and approval.

1.3.2 Upon review prompt response will provided.

1.4 OFFICIAL SUBMISSION

1.4.1 First through Final Progress Draws:

1. Submit official ORIGINAL COPIES with the following mandatory documents, emailed copies will not be accepted:

1. Original Invoice and Spreadsheet(s) detailing all work carried out to date, quantities, etc.

2. All back invoices for cash allowances including permit, mechanical, electrical, design, shoring/scaffold/stage review, no exceptions

3. WSIB/WCB/Work Safe BC Clearance Certificate, Province Specific/Equivalent

4. Statutory Declaration From CCDC 9A-2001, sealed and original (2nd Progress Draw on including Release of Holdback)

1.4.2 Release of Holdback

1. Submit official ORIGINAL COPIES with the following mandatory documents:

1. Original Invoice and Spreadsheet(s) detailing all work carried out to date

2. All back invoices for cash allowances including permit, no exceptions

3. WSIB Clearance Certificate, Province Specific/Equivalent

4. Statutory Declaration From CCDC 9A-2001, sealed and original (2nd Progress Draw on including Release of Holdback)

5. Letter of Warranty signed and Sealed, ORIGINAL

Page 45: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PAYMENT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 29 00

6. Proof of Publication for Release of Holdback

1.4.3 All original documentation mentioned above is required prior to any issuance of any payment certification.

1.5 ALLOWANCES

1.5.1 Any allowances that are drawn upon during progress or final payments shall be included as follows:

1. The invoices as supplied to the Contractor shall be attached to the Contractors Application for Payment. If the invoice is not attached, any claim on the Contractors Application for Payment shall be deducted from the Consultants Certificate of Payment.

2. Allowance breakdowns shall be included as part of the schedule of values.

3. No mark-up shall be allowed on any allowance.

1.6 ADDITIONAL WORK

1.6.1 If additional repairs are conducted that are not included in Scope of Work, the mark-up on materials and labour shall be cost plus five (5) percent.

END OF SECTION

Page 46: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PROJECT COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 13

PART 1 - General

1.1 SUB-DIVISION OF WORK

1.1.1 The work described in the following sections of this Specification has generally been divided into trade sections for the purpose of ready reference, but a section may apply to the work of more than one (1) Trade, Subcontractor or Supplier.

1.1.2 The division of the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers, is solely the responsibility of the Contractor, and the Consultant assumes no responsibility to act as an arbitrator to establish subcontract limits between any sections or divisions of the work.

1.2 CO-OPERATION

1.2.1 Ensure that all Subcontractors co-operate and coordinate with each other to ensure that work will be carried out expeditiously, and will be satisfactory in all respects at completion.

1.2.2 Ensure that all Subcontractors examine the Drawings and Specification covering the work of all other Subcontractors which may affect the performance of their own work.

1.2.3 Take field dimensions relative to the work. Fabricate and erect work to suit field dimensions and field conditions.

1.2.4 Provide all forms, templates, anchors, sleeves, inserts and accessories required to be fixed to or inserted in the work and set in place or instruct the related trades as to their location.

1.2.5 Pay the cost of extra work caused by, and make up time lost as the result of, failure to provide the necessary co-operation, information, or items to be fixed to, or built in, in adequate time.

1.2.6 Subcontractors shall be responsible for damage of any kind to the work of other Subcontractors arising from their work, and they shall at their own expense, replace any materials or work so damaged that cannot be repaired or restored to the Consultant's satisfaction. Such repairs or replacements shall be made by the trade that did the original work.

1.2.7 Ensure that all Subcontractors co-operate with other Subcontractors whose work attaches to, or is affected by their own work, and ensure that minor adjustments are made to make adjustable work fit to fixed work.

1.2.8 Ensure that Subcontractors requiring anchorages or openings to be left for the installation of their work furnish the necessary information to the parties concerned in ample time so that proper provision can be made to install such anchorages or openings.

1.2.9 All items to be built-in shall be supplied as and when required by the Subcontractors building in the items together with templates, measurements or Shop Drawings.

1.3 EXAMINATION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS

1.3.1 Each Subcontractor shall examine the work to which his work is to be applied, anchored or connected and shall review the job conditions.

1.3.2 The Subcontractor shall report to the Contractor all unsatisfactory conditions likely to prevent the proper installation of his work.

Page 47: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PROJECT COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 13

1.3.3 The unsatisfactory conditions shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor before commencing the particular work.

1.3.4 Commencement of the work implies the Contractor's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions.

1.4 ACCESS

1.4.1 Access to the parking garage areas, access to surface parking areas, and access for garbage pick-up, maintenance vehicles and fire trucks must be maintained at all times.

1.4.2 Co-operate with the Owner in not unduly limiting access to the building and parking facilities during construction.

1.4.3 Provide suitable access to the building for pedestrian traffic at all times. Provide, install and maintain barricades, lights and catwalks as necessary. Barricades must be suitable for their intended use.

1.5 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC

1.5.1 Erect hoarding, and provide, install and maintain barricades, notice and warning boards, and maintain protection of all kinds for the protection of the workers engaged in the work, for the protection of adjoining property and for protection of the public in accordance with local regulations.

1.6 PROTECTION OF WORK AND MAKING GOOD

1.6.1 Adequately protect the work at all stages of the operations, and maintain the protection until work is completed. Remove and replace at no expense to the Owner, any work and materials damaged that cannot be repaired or restored to the Consultant's satisfaction.

1.6.2 Notwithstanding the requirements detailed in this Specification, all Subcontractors shall protect the work of other Subcontractors from damage due to performing their work.

1.6.3 Damaged work shall be made good by those performing the work originally but at the expense of those causing the damage.

1.6.4 Care shall be taken during the execution of all work to minimize dust and disruption and damage to existing finishes. All damage shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Owner at the expense of those causing the damage.

1.7 NOISY AND DUST RAISING OPERATIONS

1.7.1 All noisy and dust raising operations may only be carried out between the days and times approved by the Owner.

1.7.2 Protect building areas from the intrusion of dust, smoke or any other debris resulting from the work of the Contract.

1.8 RE-CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATIONS AND MAKING GOOD

1.8.1 Where new work connects with existing work and where existing work is altered, carry out all necessary cutting and fitting required to make satisfactory connections with the existing work under this Contract so as to leave the entire work in a finished and workmanlike condition.

Page 48: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PROJECT COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 13

1.8.2 Unless otherwise specified or required by codes or by-laws to meet a certain requirement or both, make good new work to match existing work.

1.8.3 Make good concrete, masonry, paving, landscaping and other materials and finishes which are damaged or disturbed during the progress of repairs and re-construction under the Contract.

1.8.4 Existing services shall be disconnected and relocated, where necessary, and re-connected as required to complete the work. This work shall include, without being limited to, plumbing, drainage, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and electrical services.

1.8.5 Where existing work is to be made good, the new work shall match exactly the old work in material, construction and finish, unless otherwise noted or specified.

1.8.6 Drilling or cutting of existing work shall be carefully done, leaving a clean hole no larger than required.

1.8.7 Wherever it becomes necessary to cut or interfere in any manner with existing equipment or service lines for short periods of time, do such work at times agreed upon between the Owner and the Consultant.

1.8.8 If required, in critical locations, interference or installation drawings or both shall be prepared showing the work of the various trades as well as the existing installations, and shall be submitted to the Consultant for review before the commencement of the work.

1.8.9 Unless instructed otherwise by the Consultant, power-wash all of the affected surfaces within the designated work area, including but not limited to, walls columns, slab surfaces, pipes, louvers, etc.., regardless of their condition prior to the start of the repair work.

1.9 PROJECT AND CONSTRCUCTION MEETINGS

1.9.1 Prior to commencement of any work, a preconstruction meeting will be held by the Consultant and Contractor to review the condition of existing finishes and discuss the Work of the Contract.

1.9.2 Bi weekly regular construction meetings shall be convened, at the site, for the duration of the contract or otherwise as directed by the Consultant. The meetings shall be under the direction of the Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 49: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 PROJECT COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 13

This page left blank intentionally

Page 50: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Shop drawings.

1.1.2 Samples.

1.1.3 Certificates and transcripts.

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC)

1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE

1.3.1 Submit to Consultant submittals listed for review. Submit with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in Work. Failure to submit in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed.

1.3.2 Work affected by submittal shall not proceed until review is complete.

1.3.3 Present shop drawings, product data, samples and mock-ups in SI Metric units.

1.3.4 Where items or information is not produced in SI Metric units converted values are acceptable.

1.3.5 Review submittals prior to submission to Consultant. This review represents that necessary requirements have been determined and verified, or will be, and that each submittal has been checked and coordinated with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Submittals not stamped, signed, dated and identified as to specific project will be returned without being examined and shall be considered rejected.

1.3.6 Notify Consultant, in writing at time of submission, identifying deviations from requirements of Contract Documents stating reasons for deviations.

1.3.7 Verify field measurements and affected adjacent Work are coordinated.

1.3.8 Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submission is not relieved by Consultant's review of submittals.

1.3.9 Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submission from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Consultants review.

1.3.10 Keep one reviewed copy of each submission on site.

1.4 CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS

1.4.1 Before work commences, obtain from the manufacturer(s), written certification of both the suitability of the materials selected to the applications required, and that all materials used are compatible with each other and with the existing materials.

1.4.2 If the material designated for a given application is not certifiable, provide alternate, certifiable materials for this application and submit this change to the Consultant for review.

Page 51: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA

1.5.1 The term "shop drawings" means drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data which are to be provided by Contractor to illustrate details of a portion of Work.

1.5.2 The cost of all Shop Drawings shall be paid for under the respective section.

1.5.3 Indicate materials, methods of construction and attachment or anchorage, erection diagrams, connections, explanatory notes and other information necessary for completion of Work. Where articles or equipment attach or connect to other articles or equipment, indicate that such items have been coordinated, regardless of Section under which adjacent items will be supplied and installed. Indicate cross references to design drawings and specifications.

1.5.4 Shop Drawings shall be stamped and signed by a professional engineer in the Province of Work.

1.5.5 Allow 10 days for Consultant's review of each submission.

1.5.6 Adjustments made on shop drawings by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing Consultant prior to proceeding with Work.

1.5.7 Make changes in shop drawings as Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents. When resubmitting, notify Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested.

1.5.8 Accompany submissions with transmittal letter, containing:

1. Date.

2. Project title and number.

3. Contractor's name and address.

4. Identification and quantity of each shop drawing, product data and sample.

5. Other pertinent data.

1.5.9 Submissions shall include:

1. Date and revision dates.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name and address of:

1. Subcontractor.

2. Supplier.

3. Manufacturer.

4. Contractor's stamp, signed by Contractor's authorized representative certifying approval of submissions, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents.

Page 52: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00

5. Details of appropriate portions of Work as applicable:

1. Fabrication.

2. Layout, showing dimensions, including identified field dimensions, and clearances.

3. Setting or erection details.

4. Capacities.

5. Performance characteristics.

6. Standards.

7. Operating weight.

8. Wiring diagrams.

9. Single line and schematic diagrams.

10. Relationship to adjacent work.

1.5.10 After Consultant's review, distribute copies.

1.5.11 Submit 3 copies of shop drawings for each requirement requested in specification Sections and as consultant may reasonably request.

1.5.12 Submit 3 copies of product data sheets or brochures for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Consultant where shop drawings will not be prepared due to standardized manufacture of product.

1.5.13 Delete information not applicable to project.

1.5.14 Supplement standard information to provide details applicable to project.

1.5.15 If upon review by Consultant, no errors or omissions are discovered or if only minor corrections are made, 2 copies will be returned and fabrication and installation of Work may proceed. If shop drawings are rejected, noted copy will be returned and resubmission of corrected shop drawings, through same procedure indicated above, must be performed before fabrication and installation of Work may proceed.

1.6 SAMPLES

1.6.1 Submit for review samples as requested in respective specification Sections. Label samples with origin and intended use.

1.6.2 Identify each type of material, Manufacturer and Subcontractor.

1.6.3 Notify Consultant in writing, at time of submission of deviations in samples from requirements of Contract Documents.

1.6.4 Where colour, pattern or texture is criterion, submit full range of samples.

1.6.5 Adjustments made on samples by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing to Consultant prior to proceeding with Work.

Page 53: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00

1.6.6 Make changes in samples which Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents.

1.6.7 Reviewed and accepted samples will become standard of workmanship and material against which installed Work will be verified.

1.6.8 Materials shall not be ordered until the samples are approved.

1.7 MOCK-UP

1.7.1 Erect mock-ups as requested by Consultant.

1.8 CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS

1.8.1 Immediately after award of Contract, submit Workers' Compensation Board status.

1.8.2 Submit transcription of insurance immediately after award of Contract.

1.8.3 Submit Notice of Project from the Ministry of Labour immediately after award of Contract.

END OF SECTION

Page 54: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 HEALTH AND SAFETY – SECTION 01 35 23

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Safety requirements and adherence.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

1.2.2 This section describes requirements applicable to all Sections within Divisions 02 to 49.

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects, R.S.O.

1.4 RESPONSIBILITY

1.4.1 The Contractor is responsible for health and safety of persons on site, safety of property on site and for protection of persons adjacent to site and environment to extent that they may be affected by conduct of Work.

1.4.2 Comply with and enforce compliance by employees with safety requirements of Contract Documents, applicable federal, provincial, territorial and local statutes, regulations, and ordinances, and with site specific Health and Safety Plan.

1.4.3 Should any unforeseen or peculiar safety related factor, hazard, or condition become evident during performance of Work, follow procedures in place for Employee's Right to Refuse Work in accordance with Acts and Regulations of Province having jurisdiction. Advise Consultant verbally and in writing.

1.5 CORRECTION OF NON COMPLIANCE

1.5.1 Immediately address health and safety non-compliance issues identified by authority having jurisdiction or by Consultant.

1.6 WORK STOPPAGE

1.6.1 Give precedence to safety and health of public and site personnel and protection of environment over cost and schedule considerations for Work.

1.7 FIRE PROTECTION

1.7.1 Provide and maintain temporary fire protection equipment during performance of Work required by insurance companies having jurisdiction and governing codes, regulations and by-laws.

1.7.2 Burning rubbish and construction waste materials is not permitted on site.

1.7.3 Maintain placed or installed fire resistive construction, fireproofing and fire-stopping, to protect the portions of the Work during construction.

END OF SECTION

Page 55: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 HEALTH AND SAFETY – SECTION 01 35 23

This page left blank intentionally

Page 56: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 41 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS AND FEES

1.1.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work.

1.1.2 The Contractor shall obtain and the Owner shall pay for the building permit, permanent easements and rights of servitude. The Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses or certificates necessary for the performance of the Work which were in force at the date of executing the Agreement.

1.1.3 Give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health and to construction safety.

1.1.4 If the Contractor knowingly performs or allows work to be performed that is contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or codes, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof; and shall bear the costs, expenses and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or codes.

1.1.5 Determine detailed requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.2 STANDARDS AND CODES

1.2.1 All Contract Forms, Codes, Specifications, Standards, Manuals and Installation, Application and Maintenance Instructions, referred to in this Specification unless otherwise specified shall be the latest published editions at the date of the Contract.

1.2.2 The Codes and Standards to which the work of this Specification shall conform, shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

END OF SECTION

Page 57: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 41 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 58: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 QUALITY CONTROL – SECTION 01 45 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Inspection

1.1.2 Testing

1.1.3 Mock ups

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 This section describes requirements applicable to all Sections within Divisions 02 to 49.

1.3 ACCESS TO WORK

1.3.1 Allow inspection and testing agencies access to Work, off site manufacturing and fabrication plants.

1.3.2 Co-operate to provide reasonable facilities for such access.

1.4 PROCEDURES

1.4.1 Notify appropriate agency and Consultant in advance of requirement for tests, in order that attendance arrangements can be made.

1.4.2 Submit samples and materials required for testing, as specifically requested in specifications. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause delay in Work.

1.4.3 Provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials on site. Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples.

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS

1.5.1 From time to time, examine the work of all Subcontractors at the building, and report to the Consultant any defects or deficiencies which may adversely affect the work.

1.5.2 It is the Contractor's obligation to ensure that work carried out is in compliance with the Contract Documents and to accept responsibility for delays or costs relating from failure to inspect a Subcontractor's work.

1.5.3 The Contractor is to provide a full time Superintendent. The Superintendent is to be on site on a continuous basis during the execution of the Work.

1.6 INSPECTIONS

1.6.1 All work shall be inspected and accepted on behalf of the Owner by the Consultant. The Contractor is required to co-operate with, and provide samples to the Consultant. The Contractor shall give the Consultant 24 hours advance notice for inspection services. Contractor shall contact the Consultant either by phone or in person.

1.6.2 All work that is deemed not acceptable to the Consultant and/or not conforming to the requirements of the project specification and/or manufacturer’s specifications shall be remediated immediately, to the satisfaction of the Consultant at no additional cost to the Owner.

Page 59: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 QUALITY CONTROL – SECTION 01 45 00

1.6.3 The conditions governing the inspection of the work shall be as stated in contract document CCDC 4 – 2011.

1.6.4 All concrete materials will and shall be tested during the application to determine their compliance with the specifications and the mix design submitted.

1.6.5 All repairs and construction work will be subject to inspection.

1.6.6 Notify the Consultant, at least, one (1) day in advance of the times when the work is ready and available for Inspection.

1.6.7 The Contractor shall notify the Consultant 48 hours in advance of any intended placement of concrete, asphalt or trench backfill materials.

1.6.8 Allow in the Contract Amount for the costs associated with inspections of the work, excluding the cost of the Consultant's time which will be paid for by the Owner.

1.6.9 The cost of re-inspection due to deficient work, including the Consultant's fees, inclusive of all associated disbursements, for any such re-inspection work, or cancelled inspections without notice, will be the Contractor's responsibility.

1.6.10 Also allow for, in the Contract Amount, all costs associated with inspection of the work required by the Manufacturer(s) of the specified materials.

1.6.11 Other random inspections of the work may be carried out at such times as considered necessary by the Consultant to verify compliance of the work with the requirements of this Specification.

1.6.12 Revisions to the agreed inspection procedures shall only be made by written authorization of the Consultant.

1.6.13 The Contractor shall maintain a safety harness, including lanyard and rope grab, on site at all times for use by the Consultant.

1.6.14 All testing shall be paid from the material testing allowance in the Bid Form, excluding the cost of the Consultant's time which will be paid for by the Owner.

1.6.15 The Contractor is responsible to arrange for testing with an approved testing agency. The Contractor shall assist in facilitating the testing.

1.6.16 The Contractor shall include in his Contract Price the cost of making good any voids resulting from cores drilled through and removed from concrete components and/or replacing any overburden materials which become disturbed as a result of investigative work carried out by the Consultant.

1.7 TESTING

1.7.1 All work shall be tested in compliance with the requirements detailed in this specification and all applicable CSA standards and building codes.

1.7.2 Notification

1. Notify Construction Control Inc.’s materials testing laboratory of requirement for testing services a minimum of 24 hours prior to the time testing is required.

Page 60: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 QUALITY CONTROL – SECTION 01 45 00

1.7.3 Concrete

1. Test each pour of concrete during placement for workability (slump) and air entrainment, and cast samples for curing and compressive strength testing at the laboratory.

2. When surface repair of the concrete is carried out, test each pour of concrete for bond strength. Test to be carried out a minimum of 7 days after placement of the concrete.

1.7.4 Asphaltic Concrete

1. Test asphaltic concrete during placing for compaction, thickness and temperature.

2. Arrange for samples to be tested in the laboratory for gradation and Marshall properties.

1.7.5 Fill Material

1. Test fill material during placing for compaction.

2. Arrange for samples to be tested in the laboratory prior to placing in the field, for particle size distribution and Proctor values.

1.7.6 Membrane and Wearing Course

1. Measure each day’s application of membrane or wearing course material for thickness, and test for adhesion.

1.7.7 Changes to Testing Requirements

1. At the sole discretion of the Consultant the testing requirements detailed above may be modified and a reduced schedule of testing implemented for small quantities of work. All changes to the testing requirements are to be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.

1.8 MOCK-UPS

1.8.1 Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in specifications. Include for Work of all Sections required to provide mock-ups.

1.8.2 Construct in all locations acceptable to Consultant.

1.8.3 Prepare mock-ups for Owner’s and Consultant's review with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence, so as not to cause any delay in Work.

1.8.4 Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed.

END OF SECTION

Page 61: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 QUALITY CONTROL – SECTION 01 45 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 62: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY UTILITIES – SECTION 01 51 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

1.1.1 Provide temporary utilities controls in order to execute work expeditiously.

1.1.2 Remove from site all such work after use.

1.1.3 This section describes requirements applicable to all Sections within Divisions 02 to 49.

1.2 RESTRICTED BUILDING ACCESS

1.2.1 Workers are not permitted access to the building without the prior authorization of the Owner.

1.3 STORAGE ON THE SITE

1.3.1 Limited storage space is available on the site.

1.3.2 Materials shall be stored in such a manner that no damage shall be done to the material, the structures or the site and surrounding property. Obtain Consultant's approval of the location and extent of all on site storage areas.

1.3.3 Co-ordinate deliveries and storage areas with the Owner. Do not obstruct the Owner's maintenance and service operations or parking facilities.

1.3.4 No flammable or toxic materials shall be stored within the building or parking garage.

1.4 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION

1.4.1 Provide all temporary fire protection equipment as required and maintain in good order throughout the construction period.

1.5 TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHT

1.5.1 The existing electrical service may be used as a temporary service for lighting and the operation of electric pumps, motors, vibrators and other power tools during the construction period to the extent that there is sufficient capacity. Where capacity is insufficient provide temporary services to be removed upon completion of the work at no cost to the Owner.

1.5.2 The cost of the power supply for the existing service only, shall be paid for by the Owner.

1.5.3 Extension cords shall be supplied by the Trades concerned.

1.6 TEMPORARY TOILETS AND WASHBASINS

1.6.1 Provide and maintain, in compliance with Provincial statutes and local by-laws, sanitary temporary toilets and washbasins for the use of the workers on the project.

1.7 DEWATERING

1.7.1 Provide temporary drainage and pumping facilities to keep excavations and site free from standing water.

Page 63: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY UTILITIES – SECTION 01 51 00

1.8 TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY

1.8.1 Water for construction purposes will be provided from the Owner's existing facilities and paid for by the Owner.

1.8.2 Hoses and containers for water shall be provided by the Contractor or Subcontractors requiring them.

1.9 TEMPORARY HEATING AND VENTILATION

1.9.1 Provide temporary heating required during construction period, including attendance, maintenance and fuel.

1.9.2 Construction heaters used inside building must be vented to outside or be non-flameless type. Solid fuel salamanders are not permitted.

1.9.3 All heaters must be adequately vented as necessary to ensure that carbonation of the surface of plastic concrete does not occur.

1.9.4 Provide temporary heat and ventilation in enclosed areas as required to:

1. Facilitate progress of Work.

2. Protect Work and products against dampness and cold.

3. Prevent moisture condensation on surfaces.

4. Provide ambient temperatures and humidity levels for storage, installation and curing of materials.

5. Provide adequate ventilation to meet health regulations for safe working environment.

1.9.5 Ventilating:

1. Prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, mists, vapours or gases in areas occupied during construction.

2. Provide local exhaust ventilation to prevent harmful accumulation of hazardous substances into atmosphere of occupied areas.

3. Dispose of exhaust materials in manner that will not result in harmful exposure to persons.

4. Ventilate storage spaces containing hazardous or volatile materials.

5. Ventilate temporary sanitary facilities.

6. Continue operation of ventilation and exhaust system for time after cessation of work process to assure removal of harmful contaminants.

1.9.6 Maintain strict supervision of operation of temporary heating and ventilating equipment to:

1. Conform to applicable codes and standards.

2. Enforce safe practices.

Page 64: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY UTILITIES – SECTION 01 51 00

3. Prevent abuse of services.

4. Prevent damage to finishes.

5. Vent direct-fired combustion units to outside.

1.9.7 Be responsible for damage to Work due to failure in providing adequate heat and protection during construction.

END OF SECTION

Page 65: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY UTILITIES – SECTION 01 51 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 66: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES – SECTION 01 52 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 PLANT AND MACHINERY

1.1.1 Provide all form work, scaffolding, equipment, tools and machinery for the proper execution of the work.

1.1.2 Where it is normal practice for the trade to provide its own shoring or scaffolding, it shall be included in the Subcontract.

1.1.3 Scaffolding and other equipment shall be erected in accordance with local by-laws, the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations, without damage to the structure or the finishes, shall be moved to suit the installation of the work of other trades and promptly removed at completion.

1.1.4 Refer to article 1.2 of this section, "Shoring and Scaffolding ".

1.1.5 Take all necessary precautions to adequately protect the building and landscape materials, including shrubs and trees, from damage. Pruning of trees to facilitate access to the building shall be done in consultation with the Owner and as approved by the Owner.

1.1.6 Make good to the satisfaction of the Consultant, and at no cost to the Owner, the damage resulting from the work of the Contract and related activities.

1.2 SHORING AND SCAFFOLDING

1.2.1 Provide shoring and scaffolding rigging drawings designed and stamped by a suitably experienced Professional Engineer registered in the province of work, where required.

1.2.2 Construct and maintain shoring, scaffolding and swing stages in a secure and safe manner in accordance with local by-laws and Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulation. Erect shoring and scaffolding independent of walls. Use shoring and scaffolding in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with other trades, traffic, or with normal usage of the building.

1.2.3 All areas of slab subject to construction traffic or storage of materials must be adequately shored.

1.2.4 Shoring to be adjustable heavy duty steel jacks nailed to timber sole and head plates.

1.2.5 Remove shoring and scaffolding only after receipt of confirmation from the Consultant that the concrete placed to repair delaminated surfaces has attained a minimum of 75 percent of the specified 28 day strength and only after the use of heavy vehicles or equipment on the roof slab has finished.

1.2.6 Removal of any shores prior to receipt of written authorization from the Consultant is at the risk of the Contractor.

END OF SECTION

Page 67: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES – SECTION 01 52 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 68: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES – SECTION 01 56 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Barriers

1.1.2 Environmental Controls

1.1.3 Fall Arrest

1.1.4 Traffic Controls

1.1.5 Fire Routes

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

1.2.1 Occupational Health and Safety Act and regulations for Construction Projects, Latest Edition.

1.2.2 Canadian Standards Association (CSA), CSA S350-M, Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures.

1.2.3 Comply with National Building Code of Canada, Part 8, “Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites”, and Provincial requirements.

1.3 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

1.3.1 Provide temporary controls in order to execute Work expeditiously.

1.3.2 Remove from site all such work after use.

1.4 WORK AREA HOARDING

1.4.1 Where required, provide a minimum of one lockable truck entrance gate and at least one pedestrian door as directed and conforming to applicable traffic restrictions on adjacent streets. Equip gates with locks and keys.

1.4.2 Erect and maintain pedestrian walkways including roof and side covers, complete with signs and electrical lighting as required by law.

1.4.3 Paint public side of site enclosure in selected colours with one coat primer to CAN/CGSB 1.189M and one coat exterior paint to CAN/CGSB 1.59. Maintain public side of enclosure in clean condition.

1.4.4 Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect from damage by equipment and construction procedures.

1.5 COVERED HOARDING

1.5.1 Covered hoardings will be required when working over exits that serve as fire exits and locations where entrance or exit is required to remain open during work as stipulated by owner.

1.5.2 Erect hoarding, and provide, install and maintain barricades, notice and warning boards, and maintain protection of all kinds for the protection of the workers engaged in the work, for the protection of adjoining property and for protection of the public in accordance with local regulations.

Page 69: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES – SECTION 01 56 00

1.5.3 Covered hoardings for Access roads and Safe Areas shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the province of work under the guidelines of the Occupational Health and Safety Act and with local authorities having jurisdiction.

1.6 FALL ARREST

1.6.1 If building does not have an approved roof anchor system in place, supply an engineered rigging system signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer.

1.6.2 Provide rigging drawings showing the location of anchors, life lines and primary suspension lines indicating the following:

1. Primary suspension line size.

2. Life safety line size.

3. Quantity and location of counter weights.

4. Size and length of outrigger beam.

5. Configuration of stages, whether bosuns chair, swing stage or tiered swing stage.

6. Details indicating:

1. proprietary beam saddles with anchorage

2. compression fittings

3. shackles or forged hooks

4. protection of life lines

5. size and quantity of cable clips

1.6.3 Where swing stage rigging is not used prepare plans indicating a location of life line tie offs.

1.6.4 Provide typical details indicating the construction and anchorage for secure, rigid guard rails and barricades around deep excavations, open shafts, open stair wells, open edges of floors and roofs.

1.6.5 Conform to the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Act and regulations for Construction Projects

1.7 WEATHER ENCLOSURES

1.7.1 Weather shall be considered incidental to work and shall not be claimed as additional.

1.7.2 The applicable standard shall be used for materials or building components when enclosures and/or heating is required to complete the work.

1.7.3 Provide weather tight closures for, but not limited to:

1. unfinished door and window openings;

2. openings in floors and roofs;

Page 70: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES – SECTION 01 56 00

3. openings through walls;

4. locations where daily work is not completed in a day’s work and components left exposed are sensitive to weather conditions;

5. protection of materials used that are sensitive to weather conditions.

1.7.4 Design enclosures to withstand wind pressure, snow loading etc.

1.8 DUST TIGHT SCREENS

1.8.1 Provide dust tight screens to localize dust generating activities, and for protection of workers, finished areas of Work and public.

1.8.2 Maintain and relocate protection until such work is complete.

1.8.3 Provide means for ventilating area if work is to occur in an interior or confined space.

1.8.4 Ventilate work area when it corresponds with areas used by tenants or patrons concurrently for parking or egress. If dust generation will affect tenants or patrons provide sealed enclosure with adequate ventilation for health and safety of workers.

1.9 ACCESS TO SITE

1.9.1 Provide and maintain access roads, sidewalk crossings, ramps and construction runways as may be required for access to Work.

1.9.2 Provide all appropriate signage directing the public and building occupants away from work area

1.9.3 Emergency exits: Maintain clear and unobstructed use of all existing exit doors and routes. This may include the provision of overhead protection and enclosed exit walkways in the case of overhead work. Provide adequate lighting for 24 hour use.

1.10 PUBLIC TRAFFIC FLOW

1.10.1 Provide and maintain competent signal flag operators, traffic signals, barricades and flares, lights, or lanterns as required to perform Work and protect the public.

1.11 FIRE ROUTES

1.11.1 Maintain access to property including overhead clearances for use by emergency response vehicles.

1.11.2 Provide all required signage to inform emergency vehicles of temporary route for access if modified as part of work.

1.12 PROTECTION FOR OFF-SITE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY

1.12.1 Protect surrounding private and public property from damage during performance of Work.

1.12.2 Be responsible for damage incurred.

Page 71: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES – SECTION 01 56 00

1.13 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES

1.13.1 Provide protection for finished and partially finished building finishes and equipment during performance of Work.

1.13.2 Provide necessary screens, covers, and hoardings.

1.13.3 Confirm with Consultant locations and installation schedule 3 days prior to installation.

1.13.4 Be responsible for damage incurred due to lack of or improper protection.

END OF SECTION

Page 72: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 61 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS

1.1.1 Before work commences, obtain from the manufacturer(s), written certification of both the suitability of the materials selected to the applications required, and that all materials used are compatible with each other and with the existing materials.

1.1.2 If the material designated for a given application is not certifiable, provide alternate, certifiable materials for this application and submit this change to the Consultant for review.

1.2 PRODUCT QUALITY

1.2.1 Products, materials, equipment, parts or assemblies (referred to as Products) incorporated in Work: New, not damaged or defective, of best quality (compatible with specification requirements) for purpose intended. If requested, provide evidence as to type, source and quality of Products provided.

1.2.2 Defective Products, whenever identified prior to completion of Work, will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections. Inspection does not relieve responsibility, but is precaution against oversight or error. Remove and replace defective Products at own expense and be responsible for delays and expenses caused by rejection.

1.2.3 Should any dispute arise as to quality or fitness of Products, decision rests strictly with Consultant.

1.2.4 Unless otherwise indicated in specifications, maintain uniformity of manufacture for any particular or like item throughout building.

1.3 AVAILABILITY

1.3.1 Immediately upon signing Contract, review Product delivery requirements and anticipate foreseeable supply delays for any items.

1.3.2 If delays in supply of Products are foreseeable, notify Consultant of such, in order that substitutions or other remedial action may be authorized in ample time to prevent delay in performance of Work.

1.3.3 In event of failure to notify Consultant at commencement of Work and should it subsequently appear that Work may be delayed for such reason, Consultant reserves right to substitute more readily available Products of similar character, at no increase in Contract Price or Contract Time.

1.4 STORAGE ON THE SITE

1.4.1 Limited storage space is available on the site.

1.4.2 Materials shall be stored in such a manner that no damage shall be done to the material, the structures or the site and surrounding property. Obtain Consultant's approval of the location and extent of all on site storage areas.

1.4.3 Co-ordinate deliveries and storage areas with the Owner. Do not obstruct the Owner's maintenance and service operations or parking facilities.

1.4.4 No flammable or toxic materials shall be stored within the building or parking garage.

Page 73: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 61 00

1.5 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

1.5.1 Provide all material data sheets and comply with the requirements of the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) effective October 31, 1988 and as subsequently revised.

1.5.2 Store packaged materials in original, undamaged condition with Manufacturer's labels and seals intact. Handle and store materials in accordance with Manufacturer's and Suppliers' recommendations, prevent damage to materials during storage and handling, and replace any damaged materials.

1.5.3 Materials shall not be stockpiled on suspended (structural) slabs except where adequate shoring and support is provided to the slab area. Obtain Consultant's approval prior to placing materials.

1.5.4 Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

1.5.5 Refer to respective sections for additional material storage and handling requirements for particular trades.

1.6 QUALITY OF WORK

1.6.1 Ensure Quality of Work is of highest standard, executed by workers experienced and skilled in respective duties for which they are employed. Immediately notify Consultant if required Work is such as to make it impractical to produce required results.

1.6.2 Do not employ anyone unskilled in their required duties. Consultant reserves right to require dismissal from site any workers deemed incompetent or careless.

1.6.3 Decisions as to standard or fitness of Quality of Work in cases of dispute rest solely with Consultant, whose decision is final.

1.7 COORDINATION

1.7.1 Ensure cooperation of workers in laying out Work. Maintain efficient and continuous supervision.

1.7.2 Be responsible for coordination and placement of openings, sleeves and accessories.

1.8 REMEDIAL WORK

1.8.1 Perform remedial work required to repair or replace parts or portions of Work identified as defective or unacceptable. Coordinate adjacent affected Work as required.

1.8.2 Perform remedial work by specialists familiar with materials affected. Perform work in a manner that neither damage nor put at risk any portion of the Work.

END OF SECTION

Page 74: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 29

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

1.2.1 Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects:

1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.

2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.

3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.

4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.

5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Primary Products: Those required for original installation.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching.

3.1.2 After uncovering existing Work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.

3.1.3 Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

3.2.1 Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.

3.2.2 Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work.

3.2.3 Maintain excavations free of water.

3.3 CUTTING

3.3.1 Execute cutting and fitting, including excavation and fill, to complete the Work.

3.3.2 Uncover work to install improperly sequenced work.

3.3.3 Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work.

3.3.4 Remove samples of installed work for testing, when requested.

3.3.5 Provide openings in the Work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work.

Page 75: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 29

3.3.6 Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.

3.3.7 Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.

3.4 PATCHING

3.4.1 Execute patching to complement adjacent Work.

3.4.2 Fit Products together to integrate with other Work.

3.4.3 Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing.

3.4.4 Restore work with new Products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

3.4.5 At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element.

3.4.6 Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.

END OF SECTION

Page 76: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT – SECTION 01 74 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 BUILDING SURFACES

1.1.1 Keep all building surfaces dry and free from oil or contaminants at all times. Clean up all contaminated materials and remove all traces from the building surfaces where discolouration occurs or where application of other materials may be affected.

1.2 DEBRIS

1.2.1 Maintain the work area in a clean and tidy condition.

1.2.2 It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that all debris is confined to the work area and is promptly removed from the site. Storage of debris will only be allowed if placed in a suitable container to be approved by the Consultant and to be located in an area approved by the Owner. No stockpiling will be allowed on suspended (structural) slabs. Removal of debris shall be carried out daily in accordance with local safety regulations and in a manner approved by the Consultant.

1.2.3 The work area shall be left tidy at the end of each work day with all debris either removed from the site or stored in an approved container.

END OF SECTION

Page 77: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 2 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT – SECTION 01 74 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 78: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Consideration of Substantial Performance

1.1.2 Inspections required for applications of Substantial Performance and Total Completion

1.1.3 Closeout Submittals

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC)

1. CCDC 4 – 2011, Unit Price Contract.

1.3 CONSIDERATION OF SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION BY CONSULTANT

1.3.1 A contract will be considered substantially performed given the following:

1. when the improvement to be made under that contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, correction, at a cost of not more than, whichever is larger,

1. 3 percent of the first $500,000 of the contract price,

2. 2 percent of the next $500,000 of the contract price, and

3. 1 percent of the balance of the Contract price.

2. Where the work cannot be completed expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Owner or Contractor, the remaining costs will be deleted from the contract price in determination of substantial performance.

1.3.2 A contract will be considered completed given the following:

1. when the improvement to be made under that contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect, correction, at a cost of the lesser of,

1. 1 percent of the contract price.

2. $1000.00

PART 2 - Products

2.1 NOT USED

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 INSPECTION AND DECLARATION

3.1.1 Contractor and all Subcontractors shall conduct an inspection of Work in conjunction with the Consultant; identify deficiencies and defects in preparation of list for application of Substantial Performance.

Page 79: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00

3.1.2 Consultant will schedule date within the time allowance of the Contract documents for both Consultant and Contractor to perform inspection of Work and to confirm Work identified on submitted list.

3.1.3 Consultant will within the time allowance of the Contract documents provide a breakdown of costs associated with the deficiencies and defects for Consideration of Substantial Performance.

3.1.4 If Work is deemed incomplete in Consideration of Substantial Performance, complete outstanding items and request re-inspection following the same protocol.

3.1.5 When the Contractor is satisfied that the Work is completed make application for final inspection of Consultant. Consultant will within the allowances of the Contract documents perform final inspection of the Work.

3.1.6 Any deficiencies and defects shall be tabulated with associated costing for Consideration of Completion.

3.1.7 If Work is deemed incomplete by Consultant, complete outstanding items and request re-inspection.

3.1.8 Defective products will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections. Replace products at own expense.

3.2 MAINTENANCE AND RECORD DOCUMENTS

3.2.1 The following shall be submitted to the owner at completion of Work:

1. Maintenance manuals for, but not limited to, operating instructions, maintenance manuals, record of “as built” drawings, spare parts, maintenance of materials, special tools for completeness.

2. Record of substantial and project completion correspondence inclusive, but not limited to contractor lists, consultant tabulations and certificates.

3. Compile all shop drawings that have been submitted.

3.3 RECORDING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS

3.3.1 Submit Actual Conditions as outlined in following sentences.

3.3.2 Record information on set of Project Specifications provided by Consultant.

3.3.3 Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colours for each major system, for recording information.

3.3.4 Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal Work until required information is recorded.

3.3.5 Contract Drawings and shop drawings: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:

1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

Page 80: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00

2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction.

3. Field changes of dimension and detail.

4. Changes made by change orders.

5. Details not on original Contract Drawings.

6. References to related shop drawings and modifications.

3.3.6 Specifications: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:

1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalogue number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items.

2. Changes made by Addenda and change orders.

3.4 WARRANTIES AND BONDS

3.4.1 Separate warranties or bonds with index tab sheets keyed to Table of Contents listing.

3.4.2 List subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal.

3.4.3 Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after certification of completion.

3.4.4 Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

3.4.5 Co-execute submittals when required.

3.4.6 Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.

3.5 FORMAT

3.5.1 Organize data in the form of an instructional manual:

1. Option 1:

1. Binders shall be vinyl, hard covered, 3 'D' ring, with spine and face pockets.

2. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Identify contents of each binder on spine.

3. Identify each binder with type or printed title 'Project Record Documents'; list title of project and identify subject matter of contents.

4. Arrange content under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents.

5. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment.

6. Manufacturer's printed data or typewritten data will be accepted.

Page 81: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00

7. Drawings shall be provided with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

2. Option 2:

1. Digital format of all required documents, manufacturer’s data sheets, drawings, etc.

3.6 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT

3.6.1 Expedite and complete deficiencies and defects identified by the Consultants.

3.6.2 Submit the required documentation from all regulating bodies:

1. Statutory Declarations

2. Workers’ Compensation Certificates

3. Warranties

4. Certificates of Approval or Acceptance

3.6.3 Publish the Certificate of Substantial Performance in the Daily Commercial News when issued by the Consultant. Submit proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work performed by the Contractor to the Consultant with your application for release of Statutory Holdback moneys. Please note the 45-day lien period commences on the date the certificate is published.

3.6.4 Establish a schedule with the Consultant for the completion of the work. Complete work and correct deficiencies including those listed during the Consultant site reviews.

3.6.5 Review inspection and testing reports to verify conformance to the intent of the documents and that changes, repairs or replacements have been completed.

3.6.6 Provide on-going review, inspection and attendance to building, call-back, maintenance and repair problems during Warranty periods.

3.6.7 Provide warranties and bonds fully executed and notarized.

3.6.8 Execute transition of Performance of Labour and Materials Payment Bond to warranty period requirements.

3.6.9 Collect and assemble documents executed by Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers.

3.6.10 Submit an application for final payment to the Consultant, when project is deemed complete and all previously identified deficiencies are corrected.

END OF SECTION

Page 82: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL – SECTION 02 41 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

1.1.3 Section 01 56 00 – Temporary Barriers and Enclosures

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 Canadian Federal Legislation

1. Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA)

2. Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA)

3. Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act (TDGA)

4. Motor Vehicle Safety Act (MVSA)

5. Occupational Health and Safety Act

1.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

1.3.1 Protect existing items designated to remain and items designated for salvage. In event of damage to such items, immediately replace or make repairs to approval of Consultant and at no cost to Owner.

1.3.2 In all circumstances ensure that demolition work does not adversely affect adjacent watercourses, groundwater and wildlife, or contribute to excess air and noise pollution.

1.3.3 Do not dispose of waste of volatile materials such as, mineral spirits, oil, petroleum based lubricants, or toxic cleaning solutions into watercourses, storm or sanitary sewers. Ensure proper disposal procedures are maintained throughout the project.

1.3.4 Do not pump water containing suspended materials into watercourses, storm or sanitary sewers or onto adjacent properties.

1.3.5 Control disposal or runoff of water containing suspended materials or other harmful substances in accordance with local authorities.

1.3.6 Protect trees, plants and foliage on site and adjacent properties where indicated.

1.4 EXISTING CONDITIONS

1.4.1 Prior to the start of any demolition work remove contaminated or hazardous materials from site and dispose of at designated disposal facilities.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

1.5.1 Ensure all work is performed in compliance with CEPA, CEAA, TDGA, MVSA, and all applicable provincial regulations.

Page 83: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL – SECTION 02 41 00

1.6 SCHEDULING

1.6.1 Ensure project time lines are met without compromising specified minimum rates of material diversion. Notify Consultant of delays.

PART 2 - Products (Not used)

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 PREPARATION

3.1.1 Inspect site with Consultant and verify extent and location of items designated for removal, disposal, alternative disposal, recycling, salvage and items to remain.

3.1.2 Locate and protect utilities. Preserve active utilities traversing site in operating condition.

3.1.3 Notify and obtain approval of utility companies before starting demolition.

3.2 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION

3.2.1 Removal

1. Remove items as indicated.

2. Do not disturb items designated to remain in place.

3. In removal of pavements, curbs and gutters:

1. Square up adjacent surfaces to remain in place by saw cutting or other method approved by Consultant.

2. Protect adjacent joints and load transfer devices.

3. Protect underlying and adjacent granular materials.

4. Remove only as many trees as required during demolition. Obtain written approval of Consultant prior to removal of any trees not designated.

3.2.2 Removal From Site

1. Interim removal of stockpiled material will be required by Consultant, if it is deemed to interfere with operations of other contractors.

2. Remove stockpiles of like materials by an alternate disposal option once collection of that material is complete.

3.2.3 Salvage

1. Carefully dismantle items containing materials for salvage and stockpile salvaged materials at locations acceptable to owner and Consultant.

3.2.4 Disposal of Material

1. Dispose of materials not designated for salvage or reuse on site to be hauled to an authorized disposal site and or recycling facilities.

3.2.5 Backfill

Page 84: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL – SECTION 02 41 00

1. Backfill in areas as indicated.

3.3 RESTORATION

3.3.1 Restore areas and existing works outside areas of demolition to match condition of adjacent, undisturbed areas.

3.3.2 Use only soil treatments and procedures which are not harmful to health, are not injurious to plants, and do not endanger wildlife, adjacent water courses or ground water.

3.4 CLEANUP

3.4.1 Upon completion of work, remove debris, trim surfaces and leave work site clean.

3.4.2 Use only cleaning solutions and procedures which are not harmful to health, are not injurious to plants, and do not endanger wildlife, adjacent water courses or ground water.

END OF SECTION

Page 85: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300-2400 Senkus Street, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL – SECTION 02 41 00

This page left blank intentionally

Page 86: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES – SECTION 03 10 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing

1.1.3 Section 03 30 00 – Concrete and Concrete Repairs

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ACI 301 – Structural Concrete

1.2.3 ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary

1.2.4 ACI 347 – Guide to Formwork for Concrete

1.2.5 ASME A17.10 – Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators

1.2.6 CAN/CSA A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.2.7 CAN/CSA O86.1 – Engineering Design in Wood (Limit States Design)

1.2.8 CAN/CSA O151 – Canadian Softwood Plywood

1.2.9 CAN/CSA O188.0 – Standard Test Methods for Mat Formed Wood Particleboards and Waferboard.

1.2.10 CAN/CSA O437 Series – Standards on OSB and Waferboard

1.2.11 CAN/CSA S269.1 – Falsework for Construction Purposes

1.2.12 CAN/CSA S269.3 – Concrete Formwork

1.2.13 COFI (Council of Forest Industries of British Columbia) – Exterior Plywood for Concrete Formwork

1.2.14 PS 1 – Construction and Industrial Plywood

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Submit shop drawings for formwork and falsework in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

1.3.2 Indicate method and schedule of construction, shoring, and re-shoring procedures, materials, arrangement of joints, special architectural exposed finishes, ties, liners, and locations of temporary embedded parts.

1. Comply with CAN/CSA-S269.3 for formwork drawings.

1.3.3 Indicate formwork design data, such as permissible rate of concrete placement, and temperature of concrete, in forms.

Page 87: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES – SECTION 03 10 00

1.3.4 Each shop drawing submission shall bear stamp and signature of qualified professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Quebec, Canada.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4.1 Design for the erection and service of concrete formwork to be done under the direct supervision of a professional engineer licensed to practice in Quebec, Canada who will also supervise the preparation of shop drawings.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

1.5.1 Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

1.6.1 Section 01 61 00: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.

1.6.2 Deliver void forms and installation instructions in manufacturer's packaging.

1.6.3 Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture.

1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.7.1 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste in designated containers.

1.7.2 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely for disposal away from children.

1.7.3 Use sealers, form release and stripping agents that are non-toxic, biodegradable and have zero or low VOC's.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Formwork materials

1. For concrete without special architectural features, use wood and wood product formwork materials to CAN/CSA O121: SEL TF grade.

2. For concrete with special architectural features, use high density formwork materials to CAN/CSA-A23.1.

2.1.2 Form ties

1. For concrete not designated 'Architectural', use removable or snap-off metal ties, fixed or adjustable length, free of devices leaving holes larger than 25 mm dia. in concrete surface.

2. For Architectural concrete, use snap ties complete with plastic cones and light grey concrete plugs.

2.1.3 Fillets for Chamfered Corners

1. Rigid formed plastic type; 20mm x 20mm size; maximum possible lengths.

2.1.4 Form release agent

Page 88: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES – SECTION 03 10 00

1. Colourless mineral oil with non-toxic, biodegradable and low VOC properties and which will not stain concrete or impair natural bonding or colour characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.

2.1.5 Dovetail anchor slots

1. Minimum 0.65 mm thick galvanized steel, non-filled; release tape sealed slots; bend tab anchors.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 FABRICATION AND ERECTION

3.1.1 Verify lines, levels and centres before proceeding with formwork/falsework and ensure dimensions agree with drawings.

3.1.2 Fabricate and erect formwork in accordance with CAN/CSA S269.3 to produce finished concrete conforming to shape, dimensions, locations and levels indicated within tolerances required by CAN/CSA A23.1.

3.1.3 Refer to architectural drawings for concrete members requiring architectural exposed finishes.

3.1.4 Do not place shores and mud sills on frozen ground.

3.1.5 Provide site drainage to prevent washout of soil supporting mud sills and shores.

3.1.6 Align form joints and make watertight to keep loss of mortar to a minimum. Keep form joints to minimum.

3.1.7 Use 20 mm chamfer strips on external corners and/or 20 mm fillets at interior corners, joints, unless specified otherwise.

3.1.8 Form chases, slots, openings, drips, recesses, expansion and control joints as indicated.

3.1.9 Construct forms for architectural concrete, and place ties as indicated and/or as directed. Joint pattern not necessarily based on using standard size panels or maximum permissible spacing of ties.

3.1.10 Build in anchors, sleeves, drains and other inserts required to accommodate Work specified in other sections. Assure that all anchors and inserts will not protrude beyond surfaces designated to receive applied finishes.

3.1.11 Clean formwork in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1, before placing concrete.

3.2 REMOVAL AND RE-SHORING

3.2.1 Removal of load supporting formwork when concrete has reached 75% of its design strength, and replace immediately with adequate re-shoring.

3.2.2 Provide all necessary re-shoring of members where early removal of forms may be required or where members may be subjected to additional loads during construction as required.

Page 89: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES – SECTION 03 10 00

3.2.3 Re-use formwork and falsework subject to requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1. Ensure all deleterious materials are removed prior to re-use.

END OF SECTION

Page 90: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE REINFORCING – SECTION 03 20 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories

1.1.3 Section 03 30 00 – Concrete and Concrete Repairs

1.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES

1.2.1 No measurement will be made under this section. Include costs in items of concrete work for which reinforcement is required.

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.3.2 ACI SP-66 – ACI Detailing Manual

1.3.3 CRSI (Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute) – Manual of Practice

1.3.4 CRSI 63 – Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars

1.3.5 CRSI 65 – Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature

1.3.6 CAN/CSA A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.3.7 CAN3 A23.3 – Design of Concrete Structures

1.3.8 CAN/CSA G40.21 – Structural Quality Steels

1.3.9 CAN/CSA G164 – Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles

1.3.10 CAN/CSA S413 – Parking Structures

1.3.11 CSA W186 – Welding of Reinforcing Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction

1.3.12 RSIC (Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada) – Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Submit shop drawings including placing of reinforcement in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

1.4.2 Indicate on shop drawings, bar bending details, lists, quantities of reinforcement, sizes, spacing, locations of reinforcement with identifying code marks to permit correct placement without reference to structural drawings. Indicate sizes, spacing and locations of chairs, spacers and hangers. Prepare reinforcement drawings in accordance with Reinforcing Steel Manual of Canada.

1.4.3 Detail lap lengths and bar development lengths to CAN/CSA A23.3, (unless otherwise indicated). Provide Type A tension lap splices where indicated.

Page 91: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE REINFORCING – SECTION 03 20 00

1.4.4 Structural Drawings shall take precedence over placement drawings and bar schedules unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Structural Consultant.

1.4.5 Review of the Shop Drawings is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for confirming; correlating all quantities and dimensions, and is not relieved of the responsibility for compliance with the intent of the drawings and specifications or for accuracy of the work.

1.4.6 Only shop drawings bearing the review stamps shall be kept at site.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1 Design reinforcement under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed at the place where the Project is located.

1.5.2 Welders' Certificates: Submit Manufacturer's Certificates, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying CSA qualification within the previous 12 months.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.6.1 Ship bundles clearly identified to co-ordinate with bar schedule.

1.6.2 Reinforcement shall be stored in such a manner that it is off the ground, and kept free of mud and foreign matter.

1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.7.1 Separate and recycle waste materials as required by local regulations. Include for all tipping fees associated with landfills and recycling depots.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Substitution of different size bars only if permitted in writing by Structural Consultant.

2.1.2 Reinforcing steel: deformed “Hi-Bond” grade 400 conforming with CAN/CSA G40.21, unless indicated otherwise. All bars to have Typical Identification Patterns of Canadian Producers and standard identification requirements as shown in the RSIC Manual of Standard Practice.

2.1.3 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to CAN/CSA A23.1. Provide sufficient quantity for the support of the reinforcing under the construction conditions. Provide bracing as required to ensure that the there is no possibility of displacement or deformation of the reinforcement during installation, inspection and concrete placement. For epoxy coated bars, support bars shall be epoxy coated or non-metallic.

2.1.4 Mechanical splices are subject to approval by a Structural Engineer.

2.1.5 Plain round bars conforming to CAN/CSA G40.21.

2.2 FABRICATION

2.2.1 Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada.

Page 92: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE REINFORCING – SECTION 03 20 00

2.2.2 Obtain Consultants approval for locations of reinforcement splices other than those shown on placing drawings.

2.2.3 Upon approval of Consultant weld reinforcement in accordance with CAN/CSA W186.

2.2.4 Ship bundles of bar reinforcement, clearly identified in accordance with bar bending details and lists. For epoxy coated bars, method of bundling and transportation should be in accordance with ASTM A775/A775M.

2.2.5 Provide reinforcing bars for all miscellaneous items as shown or implied by the drawings and/or specifications.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

2.3.1 Upon request inform Consultant of proposed source of material to be supplied.

2.3.2 Upon request, provide Engineer with certified copy of mill test report of reinforcing steel, showing physical and chemical analysis, minimum 4 weeks prior to commencing reinforcing work.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 FIELD BENDING

3.1.1 Do not field bend or field weld reinforcement except where indicated or authorized by Structural Engineer.

3.1.2 When field bending is authorized bend without heat, applying a slow and steady pressure.

3.1.3 Replace bars which develop cracks or splits.

3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT

3.2.1 Place reinforcing steel as indicated on reviewed placing drawings and in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1.

3.2.2 Prior to placing concrete, obtain Engineer's approval of reinforcing material and placement.

3.2.3 Ensure cover to reinforcement is maintained during concrete pour.

3.2.4 Tolerances for Placing Reinforcement:

1. Conform to CAN/CSA A23.1, CAN/CSA S413, ASTM A775/A775M

3.2.5 Concrete Cover (but the concrete cover shall in no case be reduced more than one-third of the specified cover)

1. Where the depth of a slab or beam, the thickness of a wall, or the smallest dimension (d) of a column is:

1. d < 200 mm (8”) ± 8 mm (5/16”)

2. 200 mm > d < 600 mm ± 12 mm (1/2”)

3. d > 600 mm ± 20 mm (3/4”)

Page 93: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE REINFORCING – SECTION 03 20 00

4. Lateral spacing of bars ± 30 mm (1-3/16”)

5. Longitudinal location of bends and ends of bars ± 50 mm (2”)

6. As Item 4 at discontinuous ends of members ± 20 mm (3/4”)

3.2.6 Chairs of the required size to accurately set bars at the cover required shall be used in all horizontal applications.

3.2.7 Side form spacers shall be used for all column, beam, parapet, and wall construction to secure reinforcement against displacement and maintain required coverage to the vertical formwork.

END OF SECTION

Page 94: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forms and Accessories

1.1.3 Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcement

1.2 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURES

1.2.1 Heating of water and aggregates and providing cold weather protection will not be measured but considered incidental to work.

1.2.2 Cooling of concrete and providing hot weather protection will not be measured but considered incidental to work.

1.2.3 Supply and installation of anchor bolts, nuts and washers and anchor grouting will not be measured but considered incidental to work of related Section.

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.3.2 CAN/CSA A3000 – Cement

1.3.3 CAN/CSA A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.3.4 CAN/CSA A23.2 – Test Methods and Standard Practices for Concrete

1.3.5 CAN/CSA A23.3 – Design of Concrete Structures

1.3.6 CAN/CSA A283 – Qualification Code for Concrete Testing Laboratories

1.3.7 SSPC – Surface Preparation Standards

1.3.8 Conform to the Quebec Building Code and the Occupational Health and Safety Act

1.4 SUBMISSIONS

1.4.1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

1.4.2 Provide certification that mix proportions selected will produce concrete of quality, yield and strength as specified in concrete mixes, and will comply with CAN/CSA A23.1.

1.4.3 Provide certification that plant, equipment, and materials to be used in concrete comply with requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1.

1.4.4 Upon request submit to Consultant specifications of the chosen acceptable proprietary materials as listed under Part 2 of this Section.

1.4.5 Shop drawings showing complete details of connections to the structure, including pockets, inserts and loadings for items to be connected to and supported by the structure.

Page 95: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

1.4.6 Shop drawings showing typical shoring details signed and sealed by a professional Engineer licensed in Quebec or applicable Province.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1 Upon request, submit proposed quality control procedures for Consultants review for the following items:

1. Falsework erection

2. Hot weather concrete

3. Cold weather concrete

4. Curing

5. Finishes

6. Formwork removal

7. Joints

1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.6.1 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with applicable local, provincial and national regulations. Include for tipping fees associated with landfills and recycling depots.

1.6.2 Use trigger operated spray nozzles for water hoses.

1.6.3 Designate a cleaning area for tools to limit water use and runoff.

1.6.4 Carefully coordinate the specified concrete work with weather conditions.

1.6.5 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely for disposal away from the public.

1.6.6 Prevent plasticizers, water-reducing agents and air-entraining agents from entering drinking water supplies or streams. Using appropriate safety precautions collect liquid or solidify liquid with an inert, non-combustible material and remove for disposal.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Cement: High-early-strength (Type 30) Portland cement conforming to CAN/CSA-A5.

2.1.2 Mixing Water: From municipal supply, clear and free from deleterious substances conforms to CAN/CSA A23.1.

2.1.3 Fine Aggregate: Natural and conforming to CSA A23.1.

2.1.4 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed stone or gravel conforming to CSA A23.1, nominal size 20 mm. Pea gravel (10 mm) to be used as specified.

2.1.5 Admixtures: Conforming to CAN/CSA-A3000. Calcium chloride or calcium chloride based admixtures are NOT permitted.

Page 96: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

2.1.6 Latex Bonding Compound:

1. Modifier A by Dow Chemical Canada Inc.

2. SikaChem 810 by Sika Canada Inc.

3. Acryl 60 by Harris Specialty Chemicals Inc.

2.1.7 Epoxy Bonding Compound:

1. Armatec 110 by Sika Chemical of Canada Ltd.

2. Niklepoxy Fresh Concrete Bonder Product #9 or #19 by Cappar Limited

3. Bonding Agent ST-431 or ST-432 by Sternson Limited

4. Concrete Adhesive #901-B by Concrete Chemicals

5. Approved equivalent.

2.1.8 Vertical and Horizontal Repair:

1. SikaTop 122 by Sika Canada Inc.

2. UP2000 by U.S.E. Chemicals

3. Thorite 100 by Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc.

2.1.9 Water Stop:

1. Waterplug by Harris Specialty Chemicals Inc.

2. Polyplug polymer water stop by Dural International Ltd.

2.1.10 Overhead Repair:

1. SikaTop 123 by Sika Canada Inc.

2. Thorite 120 by Harris Specialty Chemicals Inc.

2.1.11 Caulking Material:

1. Shall conform to the requirement of CAN/CGSB-19.24, Multicomponent, Chemical-Curing Sealing Compound.

2.1.12 Sealant Backing: Round Polyethylene rod, 25% wider than joint width.

2.1.13 Reinforcing Steel: Shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA G30.18 and have a minimum yield strength of 400 MPa.

2.1.14 Supplementary cementing materials: to CAN/CSA A3000.

2.1.15 Cementitious hydraulic slag: to CAN/CSA A3000.

2.1.16 Air entraining admixture: to ASTM C260.

2.1.17 Concrete retarders to conform to ASTM C494/C494M.

Page 97: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

2.1.18 Non-premixed dry pack grout: Composition of non-metallic aggregate, Portland cement with sufficient water for the mixture to retain its shape when made into a ball by hand and capable of developing compressive strength of 35 MPa at 28 days.

2.1.19 Pre-moulded joint fillers:

1. Bituminous impregnated fiber board: to ASTM D1751.

2. Sponge rubber: to ASTM D1752, Type I, flexible grade.

2.1.20 Weep hole tubes: galvanized steel or plastic with minimum 40 mm (1-1/4”) inside diameter

2.1.21 Wedge anchors and Chemical Adhesive anchors shall be stainless steel unless written approval by Consultant.

2.1.22 Patching Mortar

1. Overhead or vertical hand patch repair mortars:

1. Sika Top 123 Plus by Sika

2. Gel Patch by BASF

3. Meadowcrete H/OV by W.R. Meadows of Canada

2. Mechanical overhead or vertical repair mortars

1. Shotcrete: King Shotcrete by King

2. Pressure Grout: Provide grout mix design. Max slump before the addition of Super Plastisizers of 50 mm (2”)

2.1.23 Top side, Through Slab, Slab Edge or Formed Vertical:

1. Ready Mix: 35 MPa C-1 exposure, 50 mm (2”) slump before the addition of Super Plastisizers

2. Pre-bagged: King MS-S10 by King

2.1.24 Proportioning of Concrete and Latex-Modified Concrete

1. For traffic bearing overlays and patches use latex modifier. Proportions to be as specified by manufacturer.

2. Submit proportions of all proposed mix designs to Consultant for review. The ratio of water to cement shall not exceed 0.40.

3. Ensure that selected cement and latex modifier are compatible.

4. Required material properties:

1. For top surface or vertical surface repair: Coarse aggregate 10 mm, Class C1 (maximum water-to-cementing material ratio of 0.40), specified strength 35 MPa, slump 75 mm ± 20 mm, air content 6% to 9%, <1500 coulombs within 56 days.

Page 98: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

2. For full depth repair: Coarse aggregate 20 mm, Class C1 (maximum water-to-cementing material ratio of 0.40), specified strength 35 MPa, slump 75 mm ± 20 mm, air content 5% to 8%, <1500 coulombs within 56 days.

3. (For Garage Repairs Only) Full slab replacement or new concrete slab: Coarse aggregate 20 mm, Class C1 (maximum water-to-cementing material ratio of 0.40), specified strength 35 MPa, slump 75 mm ± 20 mm, air content 5% to 8%, <1500 coulombs within 56 days.

1. Corrosion inhibitor shall be added to concrete mix no less than 10 L/m3. The corrosion inhibitor dosage rate shall be adjusted with respect to the specified concrete cover as per CSA S413, Figure C.1 and Table C.1.

5. For patches deeper than 20 mm, latex modifier need not be used.

6. Concrete work shall be designed in accordance with the requirements detailed in the CSA A23.1 for concrete subject to exposure condition C-1.

7. Admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used.

2.1.25 Cement Slurry Bonder: Shall consist of one part Portland Type 10 Cement to one part fine aggregate with sufficient water to form a heavy cream consistency.

2.1.26 Epoxy Anchorage:

1. Hilti Hit Hy150 by Hilti

2. Epcon Ceramic 6 by Epcon

2.1.27 Formwork materials

1. For concrete without special architectural features, use wood and wood product formwork materials to CSA-O121: SEL TF grade

2. For concrete with special architectural features, use high density formwork materials to CAN/CSA A23.1.

2.1.28 Form ties

1. For concrete not designated 'Architectural', use removable or snap-off metal ties, fixed or adjustable length, free of devices leaving holes larger than 25 mm dia. in concrete surface.

2. For Architectural concrete, use snap ties complete with plastic cones and light grey concrete plugs.

2.1.29 Fillets for Chamfered Corners: Rigid formed plastic type; 20 mm x 20 mm size; maximum possible lengths.

2.1.30 Form release agent: colourless mineral oil with non-toxic, biodegradable and low VOC properties, which will not stain concrete or impair natural bonding or colour characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.

Page 99: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 CONCRETE REMOVAL (FOR REPLACEMENT)

3.1.1 Install shoring and bracing to support walls and columns in accordance with the provided engineered shop drawings.

3.1.2 Remove all mechanical equipment within the work area including heaters, gas piping, drains and sprinklers, etc. and store for re-use if applicable.

1. Make good, at no cost to the Owner, any materials or equipment damaged during storage.

2. All of the life support services which serve the work area or other areas must be maintained operational subject to the receipt and acceptance of alternate requirements detailed in writing from the relevant authorities.

3.1.3 Check for buried utilities and disconnect all electrical services running in the vicinity of the floor slab in the work area prior to the cutting of the slab.

1. Provide all necessary temporary lighting both to the work area and other areas of the garage that will remain occupied. Lighting levels within the remainder of the facility shall be maintained at existing levels.

2. Any services that serve other parts of the building that will be disturbed due to the work must be relocated so that the service is not interrupted. This includes but is not limited to electrical and sprinkler systems.

3.1.4 Remove the entire suspended section of the P1 level floor slab within the work area including the drop panels around columns. Saw cut the slab into manageable sized sections and lower the cut sections with a fork lift or similar equipment.

1. Assume that the saw cutting of the concrete is to be done with electric or pneumatic power saws, trck mounted if on a vertical surface.

2. Other removal techniques may be considered.

3. Use lightweight jack hammers to remove concrete adjacent to structural support elements. Ensure that existing reinforcing steel is not cut or damaged within 900 mm or structural support members such that continuity is maintained at the walls, columns and construction joints with slab sections that are to remain.

3.2 PREPARATION

3.2.1 Obtain Engineer's approval before placing concrete. Provide 48-hour notice prior to placing of concrete.

3.2.2 In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete. Place steel dowels of deformed steel reinforcing bars and pack solidly with epoxy anchorage; hold dowels in position until set time has elapsed in accordance with the epoxy manufacturers’ written specification and requirements.

3.2.3 Provide equipment and materials capable of maintaining adequate temperature, humidity, and protection during the placement of concrete.

Page 100: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.2.4 Formwork is to be clean of all dirt, chips, sawdust, water, snow, ice and other foreign matter prior to placement of new concrete.

3.2.5 Prior to placing concrete obtain Consultant’s approval of proposed method of concrete protection during placement and curing.

3.2.6 Reinforcement:

1. Ensure reinforcement and inserts are braced or sufficiently anchored as not to be displaced or disturbed during concrete placement.

2. Reinforcing shall be prepared by sandblasting to a near white condition to remove all corrosion including underside. Wire cleaning will not be permitted.

3. Cover to reinforcing is as follows:

1. Vertical wall 30 mm (1 3/16”)

2. Vertical column 50 mm (2”)

3. Parking deck slab bottom 30 mm (1 3/16”)

4. Where cover cannot be obtained seek direction from Consultant to chase reinforcement allowing the bar to be pushed in or to burm out the repair concrete/mortar.

5. Where existing reinforcement has a steel loss of 10% or more replace, or add new providing the following tension lap beyond corrosion at both ends:

1. 10M 380 mm (15”)

2. 15M 560 mm (22”)

3. 20M 760 mm (30”)

4. 25M 1170 mm (46”)

5. for larger bars request direction from consultant

6. For a contact lap secure new bar tight to existing, and for a spaced lap, install no greater than 1/5 lap length away from existing.

3.2.7 Prior to placing of concrete obtain Engineer's approval of proposed method for protection of concrete during placing and curing.

3.2.8 Concrete Surface:

1. After sandblasting is complete the repair area shall be thoroughly cleaned with compressed air. Review the repair areas and remove any loose or cracked concrete material.

2. All repair areas are to be saturated with potable water a minimum 2 hours prior to concrete placement.

3. Just prior to placement of new concrete apply cement slurry to the concrete substrates using a stiff brush. Do not allow slurry to dry prior to concrete

Page 101: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 8 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

placement. Mix the cement slurry with Portland cement and potable water to a ‘cream-like’ consistency.

3.2.9 Pumping of concrete is permitted only after review of equipment and mix.

3.2.10 Maintain accurate records of poured concrete items to indicate date, location of pour, quality, air temperature and test samples taken.

3.2.11 Maintain shoring and formwork at newly placed concrete areas until written confirmation has been issued by the Consultant. Formwork is to be maintained until the newly placed concrete has attained a minimum 75% of its specified strength.

3.3 FORMWORK

3.3.1 Fabricate and install formwork for the underside of slab soffits, and vertical faces.

3.3.2 Forms are to be aligned and fitted to match the lines and levels of the existing adjacent concrete.

3.3.3 Where possible provide for and install a drip edge provided for in the formwork. Ensure drip edge joints are tight and fit together. Mitre 90-degree joints. Size to be 5/8” half round diameter or as required matching existing.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION

3.4.1 Complete cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1.

3.4.2 Anchor bolts

1. Set anchor bolts to templates under supervision of appropriate trade prior to placing concrete.

2. With approval of Engineer, epoxy anchor bolts in preformed holes or holes drilled after concrete has set. Drilled holes to be as per manufacturer's recommendations.

3. Protect anchor bolt holes from water accumulations, snow and ice build-up.

3.4.3 Placing Concrete

1. Notify the Consultant, for review of the preparations, at least 48 hours prior to any concrete placement operations are to proceed.

2. Concrete are to be conveyed to the site by methods that will prevent the segregation or loss of material. Maximum time between adding mix water and complete discharge of the concrete into the forms is 120 minutes. Exemptions to this time frame will only be permitted with the approval of the Consultant.

3. Conveying and placement equipment shall be such that when concreting has started, the depositing of concrete shall be at such a rate and of such sequence that the concrete is at all times sufficiently plastic to ensure proper bonding of successive layers or panels.

4. Internal vibrators shall be applied at the point of deposit in the areas of freshly placed concrete, allowed to sink by their own weight in the concrete until they penetrate into the previous layer of concrete. They shall be withdrawn

Page 102: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 9 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

immediately at the same rate at which they sank, moved about 300 mm (12”) to a new location and the process repeated. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that internal type vibrators do not disturb the reinforcing steel or the forms.

5. Plastic coated vibrators shall be used to consolidate concrete reinforced with epoxy coated bars.

6. Where concrete is exposed to exterior, do not place concrete when it is raining or likely to rain. If rain begins after concrete is placed and before it is set, protect with waterproof covers until set.

7. Placement of repair mortars is to at maximum lifts and intervals as recommended by manufacturer.

3.4.4 Cold Weather Conditions

1. When air temperature is at or below or expected to be at or below 5°C, conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1including, but not limited to the following:

1. Job Preparation.

2. Concrete temperature.

3. Concrete Placing.

4. Protection Requirements and Methods.

5. Heated Enclosures.

6. Protective Covers and Insulation.

7. Cooling after protection.

8. Cold-Weather Curing.

2. All materials and equipment needed for adequate protection and curing shall be on hand and ready for use before concrete placement has started.

3.4.5 Hot Weather Protection

1. Conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1and the recommendations of ACI Standard 305.

3.5 FINISH TREATMENT OF SLAB SURFACES

3.5.1 Finishing

1. Finish concrete in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1.

2. Screed and finish the surface of the repairs to provide for drainage or to match surrounding concrete inclusive of texture, architectural detail, etc.

3. Finish edges to match the existing adjacent surfaces.

4. Clean rough edges and rub or grind smooth transitions between new and existing surfaces.

Page 103: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 10 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

5. Clean leakage and other spillage marks from the adjacent surfaces.

6. Repair using repair mortar, any honeycomb or minor voids in the concrete. If Engineer deems honeycomb or new repair unacceptable and non-repairable, area to be removed and repaired according this Section at contractors expense.

7. Unless otherwise specified, exterior or air-entrained concrete slab shall be finished with a magnesium float.

1. Final finishing shall be carried out after the bleed water has disappeared and when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to prevent the working of excess mortar to the surface. No additional water shall be added to facilitate the finishing. (CSA/CAN A23.1, Clause 7.5.4.1.2)

8. Rub exposed sharp edges of concrete with carborundum to produce 3 mm radius edges unless otherwise indicated.

3.5.2 Sealing and Curing

1. Curing to conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1 and to CAN/CSA S413 including but not limited to the following:

1. Basic Curing Period

2. Additional Curing for Durability

3. Additional Curing for Structural Safety

4. Methods for Curing

5. Cold Weather Curing

6. Hot Weather Curing

7. Curing for Accelerated Strength Development

8. Additional Curing for Mass Concrete

3.6 CONCRETE REPLACEMENT

3.6.1 Design, construct and install formwork, framing, supports and bracing to conform to requirements specified in CAN3-A23.1.

1. Shoring/formwork drawings shall be prepared by a professional engineer experienced in this type of work and licensed in the Province of Quebec.

2. Submit shoring drawing and layout to Consultant for review.

3.6.2 Build into formwork, all sleeves required to re-install piping, etc.

3.6.3 Reconstruct all drop panels and ledge beams to match existing where applicable or as directed by the Consultant.

1. Slab connections to be shown in Details included with this Specification.

2. Columns, walls and elements of the existing structure which are used to support the new floor slab or which provide continuity to the slab shall be repaired.

Page 104: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 11 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.6.4 Coat formwork with form release agent before reinforcement is placed.

3.6.5 Install formwork to give positive slope to drains. Install drains in conformance with S413, and such additional drains as shown on the drawings and/or as instructed by the Consultant.

3.6.6 Remove all dirt, debris and foreign matter from forms prior to placing concrete.

3.6.7 Provide shop drawings for all work relating to reinforcing steel placement prior to commencement of any steel placement to the Consultant for review. Indicate bar sizes, spacing, location and quantities of reinforcement, splicing details, chairs, spacers, and hangers to permit correct placement of the reinforcing steel in accordance with the design drawings. Submit details of placement of reinforcing steel where special conditions exist for review by the Consultant.

3.6.8 Place new reinforcement as specified in CAN/CSA-A23.3-M and in conformance with drawing numbered 10 and as directed by the Consultant.

1. Include the cost of welding or splicing new reinforcing steel to existing as may be directed by the Consultant. All welding shall comply with relevant codes and approved procedures and shall be performed by certified operatives. Provide a copy of welders certification prior to beginning work.

2. WELDING SHIELDS MUST BE USED AROUND WORK AREA WHENEVER ON-SITE WELDING IS PERFORMED.

3. Provide for the connection of the new concrete slab with the existing structure as detailed in the drawings included with this Specification.

4. Where the work requires construction joints in order to comply with phasing requirements, submit the proposed location to the Consultant for approval. Obtain the Consultant's approval prior to laying out the joint locations. Provide top dowels at construction joints, with tension development each side of joint. Provide 15M at 400 mm o/c.

3.6.9 Place concrete taking care not to disturb the reinforcing steel. Vibrate concrete to eliminate voids or honeycombed areas.

3.6.10 Trowel finish the surface of the concrete in a manner suitable for the application of a waterproofing membrane.

1. Slope surface of slab to drains and away from walls and columns.

2. No ponding will be allowed.

3. Contractor may be instructed to install additional drains at his own expense if ponding occurs.

3.6.11 After initial heat dissipation, and at the direction of the Consultant, wet down concrete surfaces and cover all new concrete with polyethylene sheets for a minimum of 7 days and until the concrete has reached 75 percent of its 28 day design strength. Maintain concrete in damp condition. Provide heat as required to ensure that the temperature of the replacement concrete does not go below 15oC during this time.

3.6.12 Provide a minimum 40 mm concrete cover to the top layer of reinforcing steel.

Page 105: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 12 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.6.13 Do not remove formwork or shoring until the concrete has reached 75% of its 28 day design strength. Obtain Consultant's approval prior to removing formwork, or traversing slab with equipment and machinery.

3.6.14 Where new concrete is to be placed against existing concrete, coat the existing concrete with a bonding agent applied in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and place new concrete prior to filming of the bonding agent.

3.7 REPAIR OF CONCRETE TOPPING MATERIAL

3.7.1 Remove existing spalled and delaminated concrete topping material from exposed concrete surfaces. Remove pieces of wood or other foreign matter embedded in the concrete and which is visible at the surface.

3.7.2 Establish extent of areas of delaminated concrete topping material with respect to all concrete surfaces within contract area. Establish extent by tapping with a hammer and mark extent by paint or other suitable means.

3.7.3 Remove topping material where existing material is severely cracked or debonded and cannot be repaired, as directed by the Consultant.

3.7.4 Establish the extent of the replacement of concrete topping material with the Consultant prior to proceeding with installation of the concrete topping.

3.7.5 Roughen/scabble the total top surface of the concrete forming the balcony floor slabs to ensure sufficient bond between the existing concrete and the replacement concrete topping.

3.7.6 Thoroughly clean all concrete and steel surfaces by suitable methods. After cleaning, blow surface clean using oil-free compressed air. Ensure that air compressor being used includes oil filter on discharge line.

3.7.7 Apply latex bonding agent to existing surfaces, in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Place latex-modified concrete topping material prior to filming of latex bonding coat. Minimum bond strength is to be 0.75 MPa. Concrete toppings shall be a minimum thickness of 20 mm throughout, and shall have a top surface minimum slope of 1% to the drain tubes.

3.7.8 Tamp, or otherwise suitably consolidate the replacement concrete material to achieve a dense and homogeneous repair free from voids or honeycombed area.

3.7.9 Finish surface of concrete topping to give equivalent of a smooth float finish. Cure by covering with polyethylene sheet, secured in position by taping edges or by other suitable means for at least twenty-four (24) hours. Treat any superficial surface cracking with slurry consisting of 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts fine sand, and 1 part latex modifier, all by volume.

3.8 DELAMINATION REPAIR

3.8.1 This article specifies the repair of delaminated concrete.

3.8.2 Establish extent of delaminated areas in the exposed areas of roof and suspended slabs and vertical surfaces by chain dragging or hammer tapping and mark extent by paint or other suitable means.

Page 106: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 13 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.8.3 Provide temporary shoring as required to maintain structural integrity of existing slab during delamination repair.

3.8.4 Cut out area to be repaired so as to remove all unsound or delaminated concrete at all locations verified by the Consultant.

3.8.5 Remove sufficient additional concrete so as to provide a 20 mm space underneath all top layers of reinforcing bars. Use the lightest suitable demolition equipment (15 lb. hammers maximum) so as to avoid damage to sound concrete.

3.8.6 Shape cut-out areas to give vertical saw-cut edges 12 mm deep, no feather edges, and no re-entrant corners.

3.8.7 Thoroughly clean all concrete and steel surfaces by sandblasting. After cleaning, blow surfaces clean using oil-free compressed air. Ensure that air compressor being used includes oil filter on discharge line.

3.8.8 Support exposed reinforcing rods by suitable means as necessary such that the required minimum clearance of 20 mm between completely exposed reinforcing bars and the underlying concrete surface is maintained.

3.8.9 Advise Consultant of all locations at which corrosion of reinforcing steel is in excess of surface corrosion or at which the concrete cover to the reinforcing steel is greater than 40 mm. Install additional reinforcement as directed by the Consultant.

3.8.10 Apply epoxy material to exposed steel surfaces in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3.8.11 Maintain exposed surfaces to which new concrete will be bonded in a damp condition for a minimum of 12 hours before scheduled pour. Prior to placing concrete remove all standing water. Using a stiff brush, work cement-latex slurry into surface of existing concrete. Slurry should be of "creamy" consistency.

3.8.12 Do not puddle slurry in patches, do not allow slurry to skim or dry before concrete is placed. Consult latex supplier for recommended mix proportions for slurry.

3.8.13 Minimum bond strength to be 1.0 MPa at 14 days.

3.8.14 Tamp, vibrate or otherwise suitably consolidate fresh concrete to achieve a dense and homogeneous repair free from voids or honeycombed concrete.

3.8.15 Finish surface of patched area to give equivalent of a smooth float finish. Profile of patched area shall provide a minimum of 25 mm of concrete cover over reinforcing steel. Cure by covering with burlap and/or polyethylene sheet, for 7 days or until the concrete has reached 75 percent of its 28 day design strength. Maintain concrete surface in damp condition by wetting down frequently. Do not allow concrete to dry for 7 days.

3.8.16 Treat any superficial surface cracking with a slurry consisting of 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts fine sand and 1 part latex modifier, all by volume.

3.9 SCALING REPAIR

3.9.1 This article specifies the repair of scaled areas in the top surface of the slabs.

Page 107: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 14 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.9.2 Scaling shall be defined as those areas of rough or uneven concrete such that pits and depressions are greater than 10mm and less than 20mm in depth and cannot be treated with a flood coat of waterproofing membrane.

3.9.3 Thoroughly clean concrete surfaces to sound material by mechanical means, such as sandblasting or blasttracking. After cleaning, blow surfaces clean using oil-free compressed air. Ensure that air compressor being used includes oil filter on discharge line.

3.9.4 Mix and apply latex-modified patching mortar in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.9.5 Finish, cure and repair superficial surface cracking as specified for delamination repair.

3.10 CRACK REPAIR IN TOP SURFACE OF SLABS

3.10.1 This article specifies the repair of cracks and construction joints in the top surface of the exposed areas of roof and suspended slabs, as directed by the Consultant.

3.10.2 No repair is required for cracks less than 1.0 mm in width.

3.10.3 For cracks 1.0 mm or greater in width or construction joints, rout out top surface to a square shape for full crack length to a depth of 13 mm, sandblast to sound material, blow clean and fill routed out section with latex modified patching mortar suitable for this application applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.11 CRACK REPAIR IN VERTICAL SURFACES

3.11.1 This article specifies repairs of exposed sections of concrete walls above the roof slab.

3.11.2 Vertical cracks in exposed sections of walls above grade level shall be routed out to a square shape to a depth of 13 mm for the full length of the crack, sandblast to sound material and fill routed out section with suitable flexible caulking material applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.12 UNDERSIDE OF ROOF SLAB AND VERTICAL SURFACES REPAIR (PARKING GARAGE ONLY)

3.12.1 This article specifies the preparation and repair of vertical and horizontal surfaces including voids, spalled and delaminated areas on the vertical surfaces of walls, columns and stairwells and the soffit of the parking garage roof slab.

3.12.2 Establish the extent of the areas to be repaired and mark the extent by paint or other suitable means.

3.12.3 Provide temporary shoring as required, and as detailed in Section 01600 of this Specification, to maintain structural integrity of existing slab during delamination repair.

3.12.4 Cut out area to be repaired so as to remove all unsound or delaminated concrete. Where part of the perimeter of any reinforcing bar is exposed, remove sufficient additional concrete so as to provide a 20 mm space above such reinforcing bars.

1. Use the lightest suitable demolition equipment so as to avoid damage to sound concrete. Shape cut-out areas to give vertical saw-cut edges 12 mm deep, no feather edges, and no re-entrant corners.

Page 108: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 15 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.12.5 Thoroughly clean all concrete and steel surfaces by sandblasting. After cleaning, blow surfaces clean using oil-free compressed air. Ensure that air compressor being used includes oil filter on discharge line.

3.12.6 Support exposed reinforcing rods by suitable means as necessary such that the required minimum clearance of 20 mm between completely exposed reinforcing bars and the underlying concrete surface is maintained.

3.12.7 Advise Consultant of all locations at which corrosion of reinforcing steel is in excess of surface corrosion. Install additional reinforcement as directed by the Consultant.

3.12.8 Maintain exposed surfaces to which new concrete will be bonded in a damp condition for a minimum of 12 hours before scheduled pour. This may require packing areas with wet burlap held in place by formwork. Using a stiff brush, work cement-latex slurry into surface of existing concrete. Slurry should be of "creamy" consistency.

1. Do not allow slurry to skim or dry before concrete is placed. Consult latex supplier for recommended mix proportions for slurry.

2. Minimum bond strength to be 1.0 MPa at 14 days.

3.12.9 Ensure that material is approved by the manufacturer for this type of application.

1. All materials shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.

3.12.10 Tamp or otherwise suitably consolidate the fresh concrete to achieve a dense or homogeneous repair free from voids or honeycombed areas.

3.12.11 Finish surface of patched area to give equivalent of a smooth float finish. Profile of patched areas shall provide a minimum of 25 mm of concrete cover under reinforcing steel. Cure by covering with polyethylene sheet, with edges taped, for 7 days or until the concrete has reached 75 percent of its 28 day specified strength. Treat any superficial surface cracking with a slurry consisting of 1 part Portland cement, 2 parts fine sand and 1 part latex modifier, all by volume.

3.13 THROUGH SLAB REPAIR

3.13.1 Where delamination extends the full depth of the slab, work in the immediate area shall be stopped until the affected area is examined by the Consultant.

3.13.2 When directed to continue, remove all delaminated concrete, prepare steel and existing concrete as described in this section. Add reinforcing steel as directed by the Consultant, including cutting and welding as required.

3.13.3 Provide suitable soffit formwork, adequately shored and coated with a form releasing agent.

3.13.4 Replace concrete in accordance with the requirements of this section. Wet cure as detailed above.

3.13.5 Formwork to remain in place until the concrete has attained a minimum of 75 percent of the specified 28 day strength.

3.14 PREPARATION OF VERTICAL SURFACES TO RECEIVE MEMBRANE

Page 109: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 16 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.14.1 This article specifies the preparation and repair of vertical surfaces of walls and curbs above the level of the top surface of the roof slab which are to be coated with waterproofing membrane.

3.14.2 Remove existing loose material to the height of finished grade at base of walls and curbs adjacent to the roof surface or down to a depth of 150 mm below the joint between the garage wall and the bottom of the roof slab.

3.14.3 Use sandblasting or other suitable mechanical means. Cutback any projections. Blow surfaces clean.

3.14.4 Fill voids and depressions with latex-modified patching mortar suitable for this application, mixed and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Unit price is for repairing of areas only. The preparation of vertical surfaces that do not require repairing shall be included in the price for the installation of the waterproofing membrane.

3.15 EPOXY RESIN ADHESIVE INJECTION

3.15.1 Inject adhesive into prepared ports under pressure using equipment appropriate for particular application.

3.15.2 Begin injection at lower entry port and continue until adhesive appears in adjacent entry port. Continue from port to port until entire crack is filled.

3.15.3 Remove temporary seal and excess adhesive.

3.15.4 Clean surfaces adjacent to repair and blend finish.

3.16 EPOXY MORTAR APPLICATION

3.16.1 Trowel apply mortar mix to an average thickness of 6 mm (1/4”). Tamp into place filling voids at spalled areas.

3.16.2 For patching honeycomb, trowel mortar onto surface, work mortar into honeycomb to bring surface flush with surrounding area. Finish trowel surface to match surrounding area.

3.16.3 Cover exposed steel reinforcement with epoxy mortar, feather edges to flush surface.

3.17 CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR OR GROUT APPLICATION

3.17.1 Apply spray coating of bonding agent to dry or damp concrete surfaces. Provide full surface coverage.

3.17.2 Apply cementitious mortar or grout by steel trowel to an average thickness of 38 mm (1.5”). Tamp into place filling voids at spalled areas. Work mix into honeycomb.

3.17.3 Damp cure cementitious mortar or grout for four days.

3.18 DRAINS AND DRAINPIPES

3.18.1 Drains shall be of corrosion resistant material and treated to prevent the formation of galvanic cells and be designed to permit water to drain from the slab surface and, when installed, the wearing surface, or surface and landscaping.

3.18.2 Submit shop drawings or samples for approval, as requested by the Consultant.

Page 110: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 17 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

3.18.3 Connect drains to the nearest drainpipe or, alternatively, connect underground to the existing drainage system.

1. Do not discharge drains onto the slab on grade.

3.18.4 Plastic pipe shall not be used.

3.18.5 At the conclusion of the work provide for the cleaning of all drains, catch basins, trench drains, drain pipe and connector lines within the area of work to municipal service.

3.19 REPLACEMENT OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES

3.19.1 Replace all mechanical and electrical services removed during the course of the work, including but not necessarily limited to sprinklers, drains, piping, fire alarms, lighting, etc.

1. All electrical conduits are to be surface mounted on the soffit of the intermediate level parking slab.

2. Supply and install additional lights as necessary to provide the level of illumination required by the building codes and by-laws in effect at the time of bidding.

3.20 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.20.1 General

1. Conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1

2. Provide a competent and experienced supervisor or foreman who shall be present on the site continuously throughout each working day.

3. Inspection by Consultant or materials testing will not augment or replace Contractor quality control nor relieve him of his contractual responsibility.

4. Notify the Consultant(s) 48 hours in advance of closing-in of formwork for a review of the preparations.

3.20.2 Routine Inspection and Testing

1. Upon request, submit the quality control logs of the Redi-Mix Concrete Supplier.

2. Inspection and testing of concrete and concrete materials will be carried out by an approved Testing Laboratory designated by Owner in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1. Costs will be carried from allowances in Contract.

3. Obtain representative samples of fresh concrete for each fraction over 5 cubic metres placed in one day, or if directed by consultant.

4. Perform a standard slump test to conform to CAN/CSA A23.2-5C for every batch of concrete delivered to site.

5. Where concrete is specified to be air entrained, perform standard air entrainment tests to conform with CAN/CSA A-23.2-4C for each set of specimens.

6. Three specimens moulded in cylindrical moulds, stored, and laboratory cured to conform with CAN/CSA-A23.2-3C shall comprise a strength test. One specimen shall be compression tested at 7 days and the remaining two at 28 days.

Page 111: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 18 of 18 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REPAIRS – SECTION 03 30 00

7. Additional specimens shall be made for determining when forms are to be removed or structure is putting in service, and shall be stored on the job site under site conditions similar to the concrete it represents.

8. Non-destructive Methods for Testing Concrete shall be in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.2-A3.

3.20.3 Reports

1. Concrete cylinder reports shall contain the following information: whether specimens laboratory or field cured, date cast, date received in lab, date tested, unit weight of concrete, specified 28 day strength, correlate the exact location of each pour with the test cylinders in question, concrete supplier, person who cast the specimen, time mixer charged, time cylinder cast, measured slump before and after super plastisizers, temperature of concrete and air, air content(if specified), whether water was added at the site, and by who’s authority, nominal aggregate size, type of admixtures (including synthetic fibres), exposure classification or mix designation, project identification and with sequential numerical identification.

2. Should a crushed cylinder show a test result below that which is anticipated, the inspection company shall immediately advise the Structural Consultant by telephone of such occurrence in order to expedite curing or remedial measures which may be waived.

3. The inspection company shall supply written reports of tests of materials and reinforcing steel, giving all pertinent information required by the appropriate standard.

3.20.4 Defective Concrete

1. Concrete not meeting the requirements of the specification and drawings shall be considered Defective Concrete.

2. Defective Concrete and concrete not conforming to lines, details, quality and grade specified or as shown on the drawings shall be modified or replaced at no cost to the Bid Price.

3. Cores drilled and tested from areas in question, as directed by the Consultant and in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1and/or load testing of the structural elements in accordance with the requirements of the Consultant shall be done at no increase to the Bid Price.

3.20.5 Protection

1. Fully protect exposed concrete finishes from damage and staining.

END OF SECTION

Page 112: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Modifications or reconstruction of existing concrete block exterior walls

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2.2 Section 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring

1.2.3 Section 04 05 23 – Masonry Accessories

1.2.4 Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.3.2 ACI 530 – Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures and Specifications for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries

1.3.3 ASTM C91 – Masonry Cement

1.3.4 ASTM C94/C94M – Ready Mixed Concrete

1.3.5 ASTM C144 – Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

1.3.6 ASTM C150 – Portland Cement

1.3.7 ASTM C207 – Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes

1.3.8 ASTM C270 – Mortar for Unit Masonry

1.3.9 ASTM C404 – Aggregates for Masonry Grout

1.3.10 ASTM C476 – Grout for Masonry

1.3.11 CSA A179 – Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry

1.3.12 CSA A371 – Masonry Construction for Buildings

1.3.13 CAN3 A370 – Connectors for Masonry

1.3.14 IMIAC (International Masonry Industry All Weather Council) – Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

1.4.2 Submit 2 samples of the replacement brick to the Consultant for review. Samples shall fully represent the physical and chemical properties of materials and the full range of colour and texture to be supplied.

Page 113: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

1.5 MOCK-UP

1.5.1 Prepare mock ups of the following items for Restoration and Historical Applications:

1. Raking out of mortar, 4 lineal metres of brick joints, including horizontal and vertical joints.

2. Repointing of brick mortar joints, 2 lineal metres

1.5.2 Advise Consultant a minimum of 24 hours prior to the mock up work being performed, mock ups to be prepared in the presence of the Consultant unless otherwise directed in writing.

1.5.3 Construct mock-up where directed.

1.5.4 Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with work.

1.5.5 When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for this work. Mock-up may remain as part of finished work if completed is to state where.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.6.1 Deliver, store and handle materials following manufacturer's instructions.

1.6.2 Keep materials dry until use.

1.6.3 Store materials under a waterproof covering on elevated platforms protected from construction activity.

1.6.4 Where climatic conditions will temper the materials outside the range as specified, store in covered tempered conditions.

1.6.5 Isolate masonry units from contact with ground and other materials to prevent staining.

1.6.6 Handle and store masonry units to prevent soiling and chipping.

1.6.7 Remove and replace damaged or broken materials.

1.6.8 Deliver and store materials in original packages with labels intact.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

1.7.1 Hot Weather Requirements:

1. Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly, by means of waterproof, non-staining coverings.

2. Protect mortar from rain.

1.7.2 Cold Weather Requirements:

1. Conform to the following cold weather requirements while work is in progress:

1. Air temperature 0 to 4°C – Sand or mixing water shall be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C

Page 114: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

2. Air Temperature -4 to 0°C – Sand and mixing water shall be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C

3. Air Temperature -7 to -4°C – Sand and mixing water shall be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C. Heat shall be provided on both sides of walls under construction. Windbreaks shall be employed when wind is in excess of 25 km/h

4. Air Temperature -7°C and Below – Sand and mixing water shall be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C. Enclosures and auxiliary heat shall be provided to maintain air temperature above 0°C. The temperature of the unit when laid shall be not less than -7°C.

2. After combining heated ingredients maintain temperature of mortar between 5°C and 50°C until used. Mortar temperatures shall not exceed 50°C, to avoid flash set.

3. Heat sand slowly and evenly. Do not use scorched sand, having a reddish cast, in mortar.

4. Protect mortar from rain and snow.

5. Maintain dry bed for masonry and use dry masonry units only. Do not wet masonry units in cold weather.

6. Provide the following cold weather protection for completed work:

1. Mean daily air temperature 0 to 4°C – Masonry shall be protected from rain and snow for 24 hours.

2. Mean daily air temperature -4 to 0°C – Masonry shall be completely covered for 24 hours.

3. Mean daily air temperature -7 to -4°C – Masonry shall be completely covered with insulating blankets for 24 hours.

4. Mean daily air temperature -7°C and below – Masonry temperature shall be maintained above 0°C for 24 hours by enclosure and supplementary heat.

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (HISTORICAL)

1.8.1 Cold weather requirements

1. No masonry work shall be carried out when air temperatures fall below 10°C within the curing period of the mortar unless the following provisions are made:

1. When air temperature fall below 10°C, provide a weather tight, heated enclosure in which to carry out work, store all materials and mix mortars, in which the air temperature us maintained above 10°C at all time.

2. Maintain the above noted conditions for a minimum of 28 days after installation.

3. Obtain approval from Consultant prior to removing enclosure.

Page 115: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

4. Maintain minimum maximum thermometers and relative humidity gauges on site in all enclosures and maintain a daily record of conditions.

1.8.2 Hot weather requirements

1. When wall surfaces or air temperatures exceed 25°C, protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly, by burlap sheeting misted as required to maintain in a damp condition to control curing and prevent shrinkage. Burlap to be covered with waterproof, non-staining covering to prevent excessive evaporation.

1.8.3 Keep masonry dry using waterproof, non-staining coverings that extend over walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from wind driven rain, until masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent construction.

1.9 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTORATION APPLICATIONS

1.9.1 Provide a respirator, which may include a single-use respirator, designed for protection against silica exposure. Ensure workers wear the respirator when grinding existing mortar joints or saw-cutting masonry.

1.9.2 The contractor shall be responsible for all testing of the existing mortar and to determine the requirements for is containment, removal and health and safety of the building occupant and general public.

1.9.3 The contractor shall comply with current legislation to provide protective equipment and removal procedures and other necessary measures.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Masonry materials are specified in Section 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 SITE TOLERANCES

3.1.1 Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CSA-A371 apply.

3.2 PROTECTION

3.2.1 Keep masonry dry using waterproof, non-staining coverings that extend over walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from wind driven rain, until masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent construction.

3.2.2 Protect masonry and other work from being marked and from other damage. Protect completed work from mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings.

3.2.3 Protect other materials and finishes from contamination by mortar droppings.

3.2.4 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until permanent lateral support is in place.

3.2.5 Protect all previous work from damage during continuation of Work.

Page 116: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

3.2.6 Protect existing materials such as, but not limited to, windows, window sills, doors, door frames.

3.3 INSTALLATION

3.3.1 Do masonry work in accordance with CSA A371 except where specified otherwise.

3.3.2 Cut openings in existing work as indicated on drawings.

3.3.3 Where Work requires cutting of existing, cut plumb in the vertical and along an existing mortar joint on the horizontal. If the existing horizontal mortar joint does not correspond to the location of cutting, request direction from Consultant.

3.3.4 Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights, and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum of cutting to match the existing.

3.3.5 Match texture and appearance to that of existing to remain.

3.3.6 Build masonry plumb, level, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment.

3.3.7 Make provisions for existing rain water leaders, existing structural elements, light fixtures, hose bibs, receptacles to match original conditions unless specified otherwise on drawings.

3.3.8 Make good existing work. Where patching of existing elements to remain is required, removed masonry may be cleaned and re-used. Use a proprietary bonding agent on all surfaces of cleaned existing masonry required to develop a bond.

3.3.9 Where work is to tie into or adjoin existing, new masonry to be keyed into the existing masonry to provide an acceptable appearance. On approval of Consultant, install a new control joint with sealant between new and existing.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION

3.4.1 Exposed masonry

1. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units.

3.4.2 Jointing

1. Joints shall match existing

2. Allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then tool with jointer to provide smooth, joints true to line, compressed and uniformly concave joints where concave joints are indicated.

3.4.3 Cutting

1. Cut out for electrical switches, outlet boxes, and other recessed or built-in objects.

2. Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges.

3.4.4 Building-In

1. Build in items required to be built into masonry.

Page 117: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MASONRY – SECTION 04 05 00

2. Prevent displacement of built-in items during construction. Check plumb, location and alignment frequently, as work progresses.

3. Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar.

3.4.5 Wetting of bricks

1. Except in cold weather, wet bricks having an initial rate of absorption exceeding 1 g/minute/1000 mm shall be wet to a uniform degree of saturation, 3 to 24 hours before laying, and do not lay until surface dry.

2. Wet tops of walls built of bricks qualifying for wetting, when recommencing work on such walls.

3.4.6 Support of loads

1. Use 20 MPa unless specified otherwise on drawings, where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units.

2. Use grout to CSA A179 where grout is used in lieu of solid units.

3.4.7 Provision for movement

1. Leave 16 mm (5/8”) minimum space below supporting shelf angles when attached to structural elements.

2. Leave 13 mm (1/2”) mm space between top of non-load bearing walls and partitions and structural elements. Do not use wedges in space.

3. Built masonry to tie in with stabilizers which have a provision for vertical movement.

3.4.8 Loose steel lintels

1. Install loose steel lintels. Centre over opening width.

3.4.9 Control joints

1. Construct continuous control joints as indicated.

3.5 CLEANING

3.5.1 Allow mortar droppings on masonry to partially dry then remove by means of trowel, followed by rubbing lightly with small piece of block and finally by brushing.

3.5.2 Clean glazed clay masonry as work progresses using soft, clean cloths, within few minutes after laying.

1. Upon completion, when mortar has set so that it will not be damaged by cleaning, clean with soft sponge or brush, and clean water. Polish with soft, clean cloths.

END OF SECTION

Page 118: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 04 05 00 – Common Work Results for Masonry

1.1.3 Section 04 05 23 – Masonry Accessories

1.1.4 Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ASTM C91 – Masonry Cement

1.2.3 ASTM C144 – Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

1.2.4 ASTM C150 – Portland Cement

1.2.5 ASTM C270 – Mortar for Unit Masonry

1.2.6 ASTM C404 – Aggregates for Masonry Grout

1.2.7 ASTM C476 – Grout for Masonry

1.2.8 CSA A179 – Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

1.3.2 Submit two 50 mm (2”) cubes samples of mortar for testing when requested by Consultant.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Use same brands of materials and source of aggregate for entire project.

2.1.2 Mortar and grout to CSA A179.

2.1.3 Water: potable, clean and free from contaminates aggregates:

1. To ASTM C144;

2. Sharp, screeded and washed pit sand, free of organic material, grading and colour matching texture and range of sizes found in the mortar;

3. For the colour of sand to match original; blending of sand may be required. If possible, colour of mortar to be achieved through sand only.

4. Gradation as below:

Page 119: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

Sieve Size

Percent Passing

Natural Sand Manufactured Sand

4.75mm 100 100

2.36mm 95 to 100 95 to 100

1.18mm 70 to 100 70 to 100

600µm 40 to 75 40 to 75

300µm 10 to 35 20 to 40

150µm 2 to 15 10 to 25

75µm 0 0

5. Use aggregate passing 1.18 mm sieve where 6 mm thick or less joints are indicated.

2.1.4 Colour: ground coloured natural aggregates or metallic oxide pigments.

2.1.5 Hydraulic Lime: Fresh hydraulic lime, finely ground, moderately hydraulic, Riverton Natural Hydraulic Lime as distributed by Liner Rolpanit.

2.1.6 Lime: Hydrated, high calcium non-hydraulic lime.

2.1.7 Portland Cement:

1. conforming to CSA 3000

2. For Historical Brick Masonry: Type 10, white, non-staining, low alkalinity, i.e. not containing more than 0.6% alkali nor more than 0.15% water soluble alkali

3. General: Type 10, grey unless specified otherwise elsewhere.

2.1.8 Stone dust:

1. Granite, Sandstone or Limestone dust ground to pass the 600µm sieve. Type and colour of stone to match substrate onto which it is to be placed.

2.1.9 Pozzolan:

1. Fresh Metakaolinite reactive pozzolanic powder, Metastar as distributed by Liner Rolpanit, or approved equal.

2.1.10 Premixed mortars (for repointing/repair of existing non-portland cement mortars):

1. Mortar for Repointing: pre-bagged, factory prepared, hydraulic lime mortar, XHN-60 by Daubois Inc.

2. Mortar for Repointing: pre-bagged, factory prepared, lime/portland cement mortar, Restomix by Daubois Inc.

3. Mortar for Back-Pointing and Bedding: pre-bagged hydraulic lime mortar, XHN101 by Daubois Inc.

Page 120: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

4. Mortar for Back-Pointing and Bedding, Non loadbearing: pre-bagged, lime/portland cement mortar, Betomix Plus Type O by Daubois Inc.

5. Mortar for Back-Pointing and Bedding, Loadbearing: pre-bagged, lime/portland cement mortar, Betomix Plus Type S by Daubois Inc.

2.1.11 Mortar for exterior masonry above grade:

1. Non loadbearing: Type N

2. Loadbearing: Type S

3. Parapet walls, chimneys, unprotected walls: Type S

2.1.12 Mortar for interior masonry:

1. Loadbearing: Type S

2. Non-loadbearing: Type N

2.1.13 Following applies regardless of mortar types and uses specified above:

1. Mortar for calcium silicate brick and concrete brick: Type O

2. Mortar for grouted reinforced masonry: Type S

3. Mortar for pointing (for Portland re-pointing applications): Type N based on Proportion specifications

2.1.14 Grout: conform to CSA A179, Table 3.

2.1.15 Terra Cotta repair mortar: Jahn M100

2.1.16 Stone panel repair mortar: Jahn M70 or M70SC, colour to match substrate.

2.1.17 Accelerators or other mortar admixtures shall not be used without the written consent of the Consultant.

2.1.18 Pigments shall be mineral oxide type, dry, powdered, inorganic pigments, as manufactured by Northern Pigments Limited or Harcross Pigments Canada.

2.2 MIXES

2.2.1 Mortar for Brick Replacement(Portland Based):

1. Mortar Proportions shall be 1:0.5:3.5 to 4.5 – Cement : Hydrated lime or lime putty : Aggregate (measured in damp, loose state).

2. Mixed for no less than 3 minutes and no more than 5 minutes.

2.2.2 Pointing Mortar for Clay Brick

1. Pre-bagged Type ‘N’ mortar, 1-1-6 mortar mix by LaFarge Canada Inc.

2.2.3 Mortar Mix for Pointing(for repointing/repair of existing non-portland cement mortars):

1. 1 part setting aid (cement or pozzolan), 2 parts lime putty and 9 parts aggregate.

Page 121: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

2.2.4 Premixed mortars(for repointing/repair of existing non-portland cement mortars):

1. Mortar for Repointing: pre-bagged, factory prepared, hydraulic lime mortar, HL-1 Repointing Mortar by Daubois Inc.

2. Mortar for Back-Pointing and Bedding: pre-bagged Type ‘N’ mortar, 1-1-6 mortar mix by LaFarge Canada Inc.

2.2.5 Mortar Mix for Pointing, Bedding and Back-Pointing(Stone):

1. 1 part hydraulic lime and 3 parts aggregate

2. 1 part setting aid (cement or pozzolan), 1 parts lime putty and 6 parts aggregate

2.2.6 Total aggregate portion of mortar mixes shall conform to the proportion noted above. Where stone dust and pigment are used, they shall be included in the aggregate portion with the sand.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

2.3.1 All mortars are to be prepared in a mortar mill comprising of a mortar pan with adjustable cast iron sprung rollers on a cranked roller shaft and with steel scrapers and blades, Rolpanit roller pan mixer by Liner Rolpanit Inc., or approved equal.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 CONSTRUCTION

3.1.1 Do masonry mortar and grout work in accordance with CSA A179 except where specified otherwise.

3.2 PREPARATION FOR NON-PORTLAND MORTAR

3.2.1 Pre-hydrate pointing mortar by mixing ingredients dry, then mix again adding just enough water to produce damp unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into ball. Allow to stand for not less than 1 hour and not more than 2 hours; then, remix with sufficient water to produce mortar of proper consistency for pointing.

3.3 PREPARATION OF HYDRAULIC LIME MORTAR

3.3.1 Prepare masonry boxes and equipment for mixing of mortar. Boxes should be of sufficient size to add the correct proportion of materials to create one batch of mortar based on the mixer size.

3.3.2 Thoroughly blend the materials, dry, in a mixer, gradually adding the hydraulic lime to ensure its complete and even distribution throughout the mix.

3.3.3 Add small measured quantities of water, mixing for approximately 2 minutes after each introduction of water. Add just sufficient water to produce a plastic mortar that will hang on the trowel.

3.3.4 After the introduction of water is completed, mix thoroughly for 5 minutes.

3.3.5 Allow the mixture to sit for 15 minutes and then remix for a further 5 minutes.

Page 122: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

3.3.6 Use mortar within 1 hour of mixing. Retemper as required by misting only to account for water loss through evaporation. Do not retemper or remix after 2 hours of mixing. Discard all remaining mortar at this time.

3.3.7 Thoroughly clean all mortar boards, measuring boxes and mixer between batches.

3.4 PREPARATION OF HYDRATED LIME MORTAR

3.4.1 Hydrated lime shall be mixed with water to form lime putty and allowed to sit a minimum of 7 days prior to its use.

3.4.2 Preparation of Roughage Premix (Lime Putty and Aggregates).

1. Prepare masonry boxes and equipment for mixing of mortar to ensure accurate proportioning of lime putty and aggregates.

2. Remove lime putty from bins and siphon off water through cheese cloth or other fine material to remove excess water.

3. Mix lime putty and aggregate thoroughly in mixer for a minimum of 10 minutes. If sand is damp, adjust for bulking.

4. Do not add water to mix

5. Roughage premix may be stored indefinitely if stored sealed from air and kept from freezing.

3.4.3 Do not add setting aid (cement, pozzolan, etc.) to roughage premix (lime and aggregate) until ready to use mortar.

3.4.4 Mix roughage premix for 10 minutes prior to adding setting aid.

3.4.5 Form setting aid into a slurry prior to adding to prevent ‘balling’ and add to roughage premix. Add only a minimal amount of water to create slurry.

3.4.6 Mortar should be stiff enough to hang on a trowel. If required, add a small amount of water. Excess water will result in a poor finished mortar due to excess shrinkage.

3.4.7 Mix mortar for a minimum of 10 minutes to improve the workability and ensure though mixing.

3.4.8 Use mortar within 2 hours of adding setting aid. Retemper as required by misting only to account for water loss through evaporation. Do not retemper or remix after 2 hours of mixing. Discard all remaining mortar at this time.

3.4.9 Thoroughly clean all mortar boards, measuring boxes and mixer between batches.

END OF SECTION

Page 123: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY MORTARING – SECTION 04 05 13

[Delete this page if total page count of Scope is even] This page left blank intentionally

Page 124: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 04 05 00 – Common Work Results for Masonry

1.1.3 Section 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring

1.1.4 Section 04 21 00 – Clay Unit Masonry

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 CAN3 A371-M – Masonry Construction for Buildings

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Control joint filler: Rope with sealant as per Section 07 92 00

2.1.2 Cavity Vent: Mortar Net by Mortar Net 800-664-6638

2.1.3 Weep vents:

1. Weep Vent by Mortar Net 800-664-6638

2. Colour to match mortar

2.1.4 Composite Masonry Ties (Shear Connector):

1. Fero Heavy Duty Rap Tie 780-455-5098

2. Stainless steel

2.1.5 General Masonry Ties:

1. Fero Slotted Rap Tie

2. Stainless Steel

2.1.6 Supplementary and Repair Connectors:

1. 8 mm (5/16”) Helical Wall Tie by Blok Lok

2. Stainless Steel

2.1.7 Masonry Tie Fasteners:

1. Kwik-Con II by Hilti

2. 6.4 mm (1/4”) with 45 mm (1 3/4”) embedment

3. corrosion resistant

Page 125: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

2.1.8 Through Wall flashings:

1. Bakor TWF by Bakor

2. minimum width of roll to be 450 mm (18”)

3. length to suit

2.1.9 Dowels

1. Stainless steel

2. Threaded rod, diameter 6mm, 10mm, or 13mm as indicated on the drawings.

3. Length as shown in the drawings

2.1.10 Reinforcing steel: deformed “Hi-Bond” grade 400 conforming with CAN/CSA G30.18, unless indicated otherwise. All bars to have Typical Identification Patterns of Canadian Producers and standard identification requirements as shown in the RSIC Manual of Standard Practice.Reinforcing steel. Size as shown on the drawings.

2.1.11 Adhesive for Reinforcing Steel/Dowels into Masonry:

1. Hilti Hit HY 20 by Hilti

2. Epcon A7 with Stainless Tube Screen by ITW

2.1.12 Adhesive for Reinforcing Steel/Dowels into Concrete: Hilti HY150 by Hilti

2.1.13 Adhesive for Terra Cotta Repairs: Sikadur 52 by Sika Canada

2.1.14 Adhesive for Dutchman Stone Repairs: Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel by Sika Canada

2.1.15 Mesh for Terra Cotta Repairs: stainless steel, 8 x 8 strands per 25 mm, minimum strand diameter of 1 mm.

2.1.16 Anchors for Stone Panels: Stainless steel plate, 4.5 mm (3/16”) thick, 50 mm (2”) wide, size as shown on the drawings.

2.1.17 Fastener for items onto Masonry:

1. Tapcon fastener with Climaseal corrosion resistant finish, as manufactured by Buildex or approved equivalent, 6 mm (1/4") diameter and length to penetrate masonry a minimum of 38 mm (1 ½”).

2.1.18 Rust Inhibitor Coating: Sealtight Galvafroid Zinc-Rich Coating as manufactured by W.R. Meadows of Canada Limited or approved equal.

2.1.19 Metal Shelf Angles: Mild steel plate (CAN3-G.21-300M), profile similar to existing, coated with red oxide primer, prior to and subsequent to installation, at welds.

2.1.20 Metal Shelf Angle Anchor Bolts: 3/4 inch diameter “Quickbolt” type anchor by Hilti (Canada) Limited or similar approved fastener.

2.1.21 Metal Shelf Angle Primer: Red oxide primer. Primer shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements.

Page 126: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 PREPARATION

3.1.1 Masonry ties are to be installed before wall membranes are installed.

3.1.2 Fero ties do not have allowance for vertical alignment of V-Tie. Layout for ties on masonry back-up in order that V-Tie will lay plumb within mortar joint and not interfere with the setting of masonry units.

3.2 MASONRY TIES

3.2.1 The masonry ties shall be connected with two (2) fasteners per tie unless specified otherwise on drawings.

3.2.2 Install masonry ties as follows unless specified otherwise on drawings:

1. Spacing through the fields of the wall shall be at 600 mm (24”) o/c horizontally and 600 mm (24”) o/c vertically

2. Spacing at the top and bottoms shall be 200 mm (8”) from the free end of the exterior masonry wythe

3. Spacing around openings shall be located at not more than 300 mm (12’) from the opening and not spaced more than 600 mm (24”) o/c apart.

3.2.3 The spacing for the field shall commence after the bottom row of ties.

3.3 RETROFIT TIES

3.3.1 New helical masonry ties are to be installed at the existing, brick veneer, multi-wythe brick and concrete block masonry wall.

3.3.2 At locations where repairs are conducted that involve the brick bond course, ties are to be installed at a maximum spacing of 300mm (12 inches) on centre vertically and horizontally. At repair areas smaller that 400mm x 400mm, the repair shall be ‘framed’ by a minimum of 4 ties.

3.3.3 New ties are to be installed at all locations with the following spacing guidelines:

1. Wall field areas – maximum spacing of 600 mm (24”) o.c. horizontally and 600 mm (24”) o.c. vertically.

2. At window and door openings – maximum spacing of 600 mm (24”) o.c. around the perimeter of the opening, spaced a maximum of 300 mm (12”) back from the edge of the opening.

3. Below shelf angles – maximum spacing of 800 mm (32”) o.c. horizontally, spaced a maximum of 300 mm (12”) below the shelf angle.

4. Above shelf angles - maximum spacing of 800 mm (32”) o.c. horizontally, spaced a maximum of 400 mm (16”) above the shelf angle.

5. At new vertical expansion joints – maximum spacing of 600 mm (24”) o.c. on both sides of the joint.

Page 127: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

3.3.4 Retrofit Anchors to be installed in existing masonry to remain are to be installed in the joints of the existing masonry or using the ‘dryfix’ method, and in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions. Installation procedure as follows:

1. Pre-drill 5mm holes through the exterior masonry by means of a speed rotary percussion drill at the specified spacing. Stop before reaching the steel stud or entering concrete backup wall.

2. At the pre-drilled holes, drill a 5 mm pilot hole through the exterior flange of the steel stud or a 5 mm hole into the concrete backup wall a minimum 100 mm and a maximum 150 mm in depth.

3. Drive anchor into position using appropriate anchor tool. Recess anchor into opening in masonry a minimum 10 mm and a maximum 15 mm.

4. Patch all openings in the exterior masonry to match existing.

3.3.5 At areas of deteriorated brick to be repaired by brick replacement or patching with repair mortar, anchors are to be installed in the mortar joints using the ‘wetset’ method and in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions.

3.4 WEEP HOLE AND CAVITY VENTS

3.4.1 Install continuous control joint fillers in control joints at locations indicated.

3.4.2 Install weep hole vents in vertical joints as follows:

1. Immediately over through wall flashings;

2. In exterior wythes of cavity wall and masonry veneer wall construction;

3. At maximum horizontal spacing of 600 mm (24’) o/c. over foundation walls, window and door lintels, and shelf angles and tops of walls;

4. At a maximum spacing of 1200 mm (48”) o/c at any intermediate locations indicated on drawings.

3.4.3 Install cavity vent at, but not limited to, the following locations:

1. Tops of foundation walls;

2. Over shelf angles;

3. Over window and door lintels;

4. All locations where weep hole vents exist.

3.5 THROUGH WALL FLASHINGS

3.5.1 Install through wall flashings under exterior masonry wythes bearing on the following:

1. Tops of foundation walls;

2. Over shelf angles;

3. Over window and door lintels;

Page 128: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

4. as indicated on drawings

3.5.2 Co-ordinate through wall flashings with wall membrane installation

3.6 CONSTRUCTION

3.6.1 Install masonry ties, request inspection from Consultant.

3.6.2 Install through wall flashings in conjunction with wall membranes.

3.6.3 In cavity walls and veneered walls, carry through wall flashings from front edge of masonry, under outer wythe, then up backing not less than 150 mm on substrate structure, and as follows:

1. Where cavity insulation exists, flashing is to be installed on exterior of insulation for the bottom 100 mm (4”). Wall membrane is to be installed on wall prior for lap with through wall flashing at top of 100 mm (4”) insulation.

2. Over shelf angles and loose lintels, extend through wall flashing 13 mm (1/2”) past outside edge of angle or lintel. Embed into wall membrane by overlapping lower wall membrane and under lapping upper wall membrane.

3. Over loose lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 50 mm (2”) beyond ends, promoting the draping of the membrane where the lintel does not continue.

4. Co-ordinate through wall flashings with wall membrane installation.

5. Request inspection of through wall membranes and wall membranes prior to installation of insulation or brick masonry.

6. Remove a minimum of three (3) courses of brickwork above the metal shelf angles to expose the metal shelf angle and the first course of concrete masonry forming the inner wythe.

7. Carefully cut out brick using a masonry-saw wherever possible. Chisel out old mortar and remove debris. Retain existing brickwork for re-installation upon completion of shelf angle repair.

8. Remove existing through wall flashing membrane installed above the shelf angles, where directed by the Consultant.

9. Install new through wall flashing membrane across the face of the back-up substrate, overlapping joints between adjacent sections of membrane a minimum of 100 mm.

10. Extend through wall flashing vertically to the top of the first course of masonry forming the inner wythe.

11. Extend through wall flashing membrane beyond the exterior face of the brickwork and trim back to the face of the masonry only upon completion of repairs, and acceptance of repairs by the Consultant.

12. Dam ends of the through wall flashing membrane, as directed by the consultant, to prevent water from running beyond the ends of the membrane.

Page 129: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 MASONRY ACCESSORIES – SECTION 04 05 23

13. Mechanically fasten the top edge of the through wall flashing membrane to the concrete masonry back-up wall by a continuous metal strip firmly secured to the substrate at centres not exceeding 200 mm. Fill the top of the metal strip solid with sealant material.

3.7 METAL SHELF ANGLES

3.7.1 Remove a minimum of three (3) courses of brickwork above the metal shelf angles to expose the metal shelf angle and the first course of concrete masonry forming the inner wythe.

3.7.2 Carefully cut out brick using a masonry-saw wherever possible. Chisel out old mortar and remove debris. Retain existing brick work for re-installation upon completion of shelf angel repair.

3.7.3 Tighten and re-secure existing anchor bolts to adequately secure the sections of metal shelf angle in place, as required. Install additional anchor bolts through the metal shelf angles and into the concrete floor slab edge, at locations directed by the Consultant. Anchor bolts shall be secured into sound concrete only. Anchor bolts shall be tightened to 100 ft. lbs.

3.7.4 Replace severely corroded sections of metal shelf angle as instructed by the Consultant.

3.7.5 Clean all corroded metal and deteriorated paint from the metal shelf angle surfaces, making use of suitable wire wheels and/or grinders. Care must be taken to ensure that damage to adjacent sound materials and surfaces does not occur.

3.7.6 Apply suitable primer to all cleaned sections of metal shelf angle and anchor bolts, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction, making use of appropriate rollers and/or brushes.

END OF SECTION

Page 130: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 04 05 00 – Common Work Results for Masonry

1.1.3 Section 04 05 13 – Masonry Mortaring

1.1.4 Section 04 05 23 – Masonry Accessories

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ASTM C55 – Concrete Building Brick

1.2.3 ASTM C90 – Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units

1.2.4 ASTM C129 – Non Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units

1.2.5 ASTM C530 – Structural Clay Non Load Bearing Screen Tile

1.2.6 CAN3 A165 Series – CSA Standards on Concrete Masonry Units

1.2.7 CAN/CSA A370 – Connectors for Masonry

1.2.8 CAN/CSA A179 – Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry

1.2.9 CAN/CSA A371 – Masonry Construction for Buildings

1.2.10 CAN/CSA A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.2.11 CAN/CSA A23.3 – Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings

1.2.12 CAN/CSA G30.18 – Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

1.2.13 CAN/CSA G40.21 – Structural Quality Steels

1.2.14 CSA S304.1 – Design of Masonry Structures

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Submit laboratory test reports from an independent testing laboratory, certifying compliance of masonry units and mortar ingredients with specification requirements.

1.3.2 Submit 2 samples of the concrete block to the Consultant for review. Samples are to fully represent the physical and chemical properties of materials and the full range of colour and texture to be supplied.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.4.1 Deliver, store and handle all materials in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 131: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

1.4.2 Store materials under a waterproof covering on elevated platforms protected from construction activity.

1.4.3 Isolate masonry units from contact with the ground and other construction materials to prevent staining and chipping.

1.4.4 Remove and replace damaged or broken materials.

1.4.5 Deliver and store materials in their original packaging with labels intact.

1.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.5.1 Separate and recycle waste materials as required by local regulations. Include for all tipping fees associated with landfills and recycling depots.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Concrete Masonry Units in accordance with CAN3 A165 Series:

1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with a minimum average net area compressive strength of 15 MPa.

2. Size: Provide manufacturer’s standard units with nominal face dimensions of 203 mm wide by 203 mm high by 406 mm long (8” wide × 8” high × 16” long), actual dimensions 194 mm × 194 mm × 397 mm (7-5/8” × 7-5/8” × 15-5/8”), unless otherwise indicated.

3. Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units.

4. Normal weight classification.

2.1.2 Provide special shapes where indicated and as follows:

1. For lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions.

2. Bullnose units for window openings and outside corners where indicated.

3. Square-edge units for outside corners, except where indicated as bullnose.

2.1.3 Exposed Faces: Where special finishes are indicated, provide units with the following:

1. Standard aggregate, split face or split face-fluted finish.

2. Standard aggregate, slump finish.

2.1.4 Mortar to CAN/CSA-A179:

1. Portland cement shall be Type S

2. Mortar Proportions shall be 1:0.5:3.5 through to 4.5

1. Cement: Hydrated lime or lime putty, aggregate (measured in damp, loose state).

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 132: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

3. Mixed for no less than 3 minutes and no more than 5 minutes

2.1.5 Grout to CAN/CSA-A179:

1. Compressive Strength: 20 Mpa cementitious with coarse aggregate unless noted otherwise on drawings. Superplastizers may be used provided the requirements of CAN-CSA-A179 are adhered to.

2.1.6 Masonry Ties to CAN/CSA-A370:

1. Ties to be of the conventional continuous welded ladder or truss type.

2. Constructed of a minimum of 3.65 mm wire before galvanizing.

3. All ties are to be galvanized.

2.1.7 Reinforcement:

1. Deformed “Hi-Bond” grade 400 conforming with CAN/CSA-G30.18, unless indicated otherwise. All bars are to have Typical Identification Patterns of Canadian Producers and standard identification requirements as shown in the RSIC Manual of Standard Practice.

2. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice by the RSIC.

2.1.8 Acceptable epoxy anchorage adhesives include:

1. Hilti Hit HY 150 by Hilti; or

2. Epcon A7 by ITW

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Complete all masonry work in accordance with CAN/CSA A371 except where specified otherwise.

3.1.2 Build masonry plumb, level, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment.

3.1.3 Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights, and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum cutting.

3.2 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS

3.2.1 Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly, by means of waterproof and non-staining coverings.

3.2.2 Protect mortar from rain.

3.3 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS

3.3.1 Conform to the following cold weather requirements while work is in progress:

1. Air temperature 0°C to 4°C: Sand or mixing water to be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C;

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 133: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

2. Air Temperature -4°C to 0°C: Sand and mixing water to be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C;

3. Air Temperature -7°C to -4°C: Sand and mixing water to be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C. Heat to be provided on both sides of walls under construction. Windbreaks are to be employed when wind is in excess of 25 km/h; and

4. Air Temperature -7°C and Below: Sand and mixing water to be heated to a minimum of 20°C and a maximum of 70°C. Enclosures and auxiliary heat are to be provided to maintain air temperatures above 0°C. The temperature of the unit when laid cannot be less than -7°C.

3.3.2 After combining heated ingredients maintain temperature of mortar between 5°C and 50°C until used. Mortar temperatures are not to exceed 50°C, to avoid flash set.

3.3.3 Heat sand slowly and evenly. Do not use scorched sand, having a reddish cast, in mortar.

3.3.4 Protect mortar from rain and snow.

3.3.5 Maintain dry bed for masonry and use dry masonry units only. Do not wet masonry units in cold weather.

3.3.6 Provide the following cold weather protection for completed work:

1. Mean daily air temperature 0°C to 4°C: Masonry is to be protected from rain and snow for 24 hours.

2. Mean daily air temperature -4°C to 0°C: Masonry to be completely covered for 24 hours.

3. Mean daily air temperature -7°C to -4°C: Masonry to be completely covered with insulating blankets for 24 hours.

4. Mean daily air temperature -7°C and below: Masonry temperature to be maintained above 0°C for 24 hours by enclosure and supplementary heat.

3.4 APPEARANCE

3.4.1 Concrete Masonry Units:

1. Bond: running

2. Coursing height: 200 mm (8”) for one block and one joint

3. Jointing: provide concave joints

3.5 CONSTRUCTION

3.5.1 Exposed masonry:

1. Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units.

3.5.2 Concrete block lintels:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 134: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

1. Install reinforced concrete block lintels over openings in masonry where steel or reinforced concrete lintels are not indicated.

2. End bearing shall not be less than 200 mm (8”) unless noted otherwise on drawings.

3.5.3 Ties:

1. Install continuous ladder ties at every second bed joint.

2. The longitudinal rods of the ladder or truss reinforcement shall be anchored in the middle of the face shell mortar bed at the outer and inner faces.

3. Lap all ties a minimum of 200 mm (8”).

3.5.4 Jointing:

1. Allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then rake joints uniformly to 3 mm (1/8”) depth and compress with tool to provide smooth, compressed, raked joint.

2. Use non-corroding joint forming tools made of stainless steel or hard plastic.

3.5.5 Cutting:

1. Cut out for electrical switches, outlet boxes, and other recessed or built-in objects.

2. Make cuts straight, clean, and free of uneven edges.

3. Where cutting of block is required to fit elevations, cut block from both sides providing an even surface.

3.5.6 Building-In:

1. Build in items required to be built into masonry.

2. Prevent displacement of built-in items during construction. Check plumb, location and alignment frequently, as work progresses.

3. Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar.

3.5.7 Wetting of Units:

1. Except in cold weather, wet bricks having an initial rate of absorption exceeding 1 g/minute/1000 mm: wet to uniform degree of saturation, 3 to 24 hours before laying, and do not lay until surface dry.

2. Wet tops of walls built of bricks qualifying for wetting, when recommencing work on such walls.

3. Wet any existing substrate where masonry work comes in contact with that has the potential for absorbing water.(ie existing foundation walls)

3.5.8 Provision for movement:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 135: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY – SECTION 04 22 00

1. Leave 6 mm (1/4”) space between top of non-load bearing walls and partitions and structural elements unless noted otherwise on drawings. Do not use wedges.

2. Built masonry to tie in with stabilizers, with provision for vertical movement.

3.5.9 Loose steel lintels:

1. Install loose steel lintels. Centre over opening width.

3.5.10 Control joints:

1. Construct continuous control joints as indicated on drawings.

2. Refer to Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants.

3.6 REINFORCEMENT

3.6.1 Install reinforcement as noted on drawings. Dowel into existing substrate where identified.

3.6.2 Do not field bend or field weld reinforcement except where indicated or authorized by Structural Engineer.

3.6.3 When field bending is authorized bend without heat, applying a slow and steady pressure.

3.6.4 Replace bars which develop cracks or splits.

3.6.5 Lap splicing of reinforcing is as follows:

Bar Size Lap Length 10 M 430 mm 15 M 630 mm 20 M 840 mm

3.7 GROUTING

3.7.1 Provide cleanouts at the base of the wall to verify proper placement of grout.

3.7.2 Place grout in maximum 2400 mm (94”) lifts. If no cleanout is provided, pour height to be limited to 1200 mm (47”).

3.8 CLEANING

3.8.1 Decorative block: Allow mortar droppings on masonry to partially dry then remove by means of trowel, followed by rubbing lightly with small piece of block and finally by brushing.

3.8.2 Glazed block: Clean masonry as work progresses using soft, clean cloths, within few minutes after laying. Upon completion, when mortar has set so that it will not be damaged by cleaning, clean with soft sponge or clean cloths, brush, and clean water. Polish with soft, clean cloths.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 136: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTION

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 05 12 00 – Structural Steel

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 American Welding Society (AWS)

1. AWS A2.4 – Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Non-destructive Examination

2. AWS A3.0M/A3.0 – Standard Welding Terms and Definitions

3. AWS D1.1/D1.1M – Structural Welding Code – Steel

4. AWS D1.2 – Structural Welding Code – Aluminum

5. AWS D1.3/D1.3M – Structural Welding Code – Sheet Steel

6. AWS D1.4/D1.4M – Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel

7. AWS D1.6 – Structural Welding Code – Stainless Steel

8. AWS D9.1 – Sheet Metal Welding Code

9. AWS D14.1/D14.1M – Specification for Welding Industrial and Mill Cranes and Other Material Handling Equipment

10. AWS D14.4/D14.4M – Specification for Welded Joints for SECTION 05 05 23 Page 4 Machinery and Equipment

11. AWS Z49.1 – Safety in Welding and Cutting and Allied Processes

1.2.3 ASTM International (ASTM)

1. ASTM E165 – Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination

2. ASTM E709 – Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Examination

1.2.4 Canadian Standard Association (CSA)

1. CSA W59 – Welded Steel Construction – Metal Arc Welding

2. CSA W59.2 – Welded Aluminum Construction

3. CSA W47.1 – Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel

4. CSA W47.2 – Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Aluminum

1.3 DEFINITIONS

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 137: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

1.3.1 Definitions of welding terms are in accordance with AWS A3.0M/A3.0. The following classifications [Class 1 (highest class) to Class 6 (lowest class)] indicate the project's class(es) of weld joints.

1.3.2 Class 1 Weld Joints

1. This covers complete penetration weld joints only. These weld joints apply where failure would cause a loss of the system and/or be hazardous to personnel. Class 1 weld joints are highly stressed (dynamic and cyclic loading) and characterized as a single point of failure with no redundancy for the redistribution of stress into another member.

1.3.3 Class 2 Weld Joints

1. This covers both complete and partial penetration groove weld joints and fillet weld joints. These weld joints apply where failure would reduce the overall efficiency of a system but loss of the system or a hazard to personnel would not be experienced.

1.3.4 Class 3 Weld Joints

1. This covers both complete and partial penetration groove weld joints and fillet weld joints. These weld joints apply where failure would not affect the efficiency of a system nor create a hazard to personnel. Class 3 weld joints are connections of secondary members not subject to dynamic action and/or low stressed miscellaneous applications.

1.3.5 Class 4 Weld Joints

1. This covers weld joints applicable to welding reinforcing steel to primary structural members.

1.3.6 Class 5 Weld Joints

1. This covers weld joints applicable to welding concrete reinforcing steel splices (prestressing steel excepted), steel connection devices, and inserts and anchors required in concrete construction.

1.3.7 Class 6 Weld Joints

1. This covers plug and slot weld joints as applicable to the requirements of the project's code(s).

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures:

1.4.2 Product Data

1. Welding Procedure Qualifications

2. Welder, Welding Operator, and Tacker Qualification

3. Inspector Qualification

4. Previous Qualifications

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 138: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

5. Pre-qualified Procedures

1.4.3 Test Reports

1. Quality Control

2. Non-destructive Examination

1.4.4 Certificates

1. Certified Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS)

2. Certified Brazing Procedure Specifications (BPS)

3. Certified Procedure Qualification Records (PQR)

4. Certified Welder Performance Qualifications (WPQ)

5. Certified Brazer Performance Qualifications (BPQ)

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.5.1 Conform the design of welded connections to CSA W59, unless otherwise indicated or specified.

1.5.2 Material with welds will not be accepted unless the welding is specified or indicated on the drawings or otherwise approved.

1.5.3 Perform welding as specified in this section, except where additional requirements are shown on the drawings or are specified in other sections.

1.5.4 Do not commence welding until welding procedures, inspectors, non-destructive testing personnel, welders, welding operators, and tackers have been qualified and the submittals approved by the Contracting Officer. Perform all testing at or near the work site.

1.5.5 Each Contractor performing welding shall maintain records of the test results obtained in welding procedure, welder, welding operator, and tacker performance qualifications.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6.1 Except for pre-qualified (in accordance with CSA W59) and previously qualified procedures, each Contractor performing welding shall record in detail and qualify the welding procedure specification for any welding procedure followed in the fabrication of weldments.

1.6.2 Conform welding procedure qualifications to CSA W59 and to the specifications in this section.

1.6.3 Submit for approval copies of the welding procedure specification and the results of the procedure qualification test records for each type of welding which requires procedure qualification and the welder, welding operator, or tacker qualification test records.

1.6.4 Approval of any procedure, however, does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for producing a finished structure meeting all the specified requirements.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 139: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

1.6.5 Individually identify and clearly reference on the detail drawings and erection drawings all welding procedure specifications, or suitably key them to the contract drawings.

1.6.6 Each welder, welding operator, and tacker assigned to work on this contract shall be qualified in accordance with the applicable requirements of CSA W59 and as specified in this section.

1.6.7 Welders, welding operators, and tackers who make acceptable procedure qualification test welds will be considered qualified for the welding procedure used.

1.6.8 Before assigning any welder, welding operator, or tacker to work under this contract, submit the names of the welders, welding operators, and tackers to be employed, and certification that each individual is qualified as specified.

1.6.9 State in the certification the type of welding and positions for which the welder, welding operator, or tacker is qualified, the code and procedure under which the individual is qualified, the date qualified, and the name of the firm and person certifying the qualification tests.

1.6.10 Keep the certification current, on file, and furnish 3 copies.

1.7 MOCK-UP

1.7.1 Perform first the field-welded connection designated as the mock-up on the drawings.

1.7.2 All welders, qualified and designated to perform field-welded groove joints, shall be present during the welding of the mock-up model connections and each one shall perform a part of the welding.

1.7.3 Simulate with the mock-up test all physical and environmental conditions that will be encountered during the welding of all groove joints.

1.7.4 Execute all inspection procedures required for groove welded joints, including NDE tests, on the mock-up.

1.7.5 All Contractor inspection and testing personnel designated to perform QC of groove welded joints shall be present during the welding of the mock-up and each one shall perform the inspection procedures to be performed on production welding of these joints.

1.7.6 This mock-up connection represents the standard of performance, both for the welding and inspection procedures used and the results to be achieved in the production welding for these groove-welded joints.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 WELDING EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

2.1.1 Provide all welding equipment, electrodes, welding wire, and fluxes capable of producing satisfactory welds when used by a qualified welder or welding operator performing qualified welding procedures.

2.1.2 All welding equipment and materials shall comply with the applicable requirements of CSA W59.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 140: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 WELDING OPERATIONS

3.1.1 Conform workmanship and techniques for welded construction to the requirements of CSA W59.

3.1.2 Submit written records to indicate the location of welds made by each welder, welding operator, or tacker.

3.1.3 Identify all work performed by each welder, welding operator, or tacker with an assigned number, letter, or symbol to identify welds made by that individual.

3.1.4 The Contracting Officer may require welders, welding operators, and tackers to apply their symbol next to the weld by means of rubber stamp, felt-tipped marker with waterproof ink, or other methods that do not cause an indentation in the metal.

3.1.5 Place the identification mark for seam welds adjacent to the weld at 1 m (3’) intervals. Identification with die stamps or electric etchers is not allowed.

3.2 QUALITY CONTROL

3.2.1 Perform testing using an approved inspection or testing laboratory or technical consultant; or if approved, the Contractor's inspection and testing personnel may be used instead of the commercial inspection or testing laboratory or technical consultant.

3.2.2 Conform procedures and techniques for inspection with applicable requirements of CSA W59, ASTM E165, ASTM E709, except that in radiographic inspection only film types designated as "fine grain," or "extra fine," are acceptable.

3.2.3 Submit a quality assurance plan and records of tests and inspections.

3.3 STANDARDS OF ACCEPTANCE

3.3.1 Conform dimensional tolerances for welded construction, details of welds, and quality of welds to the applicable requirements of CSA W59 and the contract drawings.

3.3.2 Perform non-destructive testing by visual inspection and radiographic, ultrasonic, magnetic particle, or dye penetrant methods.

3.3.3 The minimum extent of non-destructive testing shall be at random locations selected by the Consultant.

3.3.4 Non-destructive Examination

1. The welding is subject to inspection and tests in the mill, shop, and field.

2. Inspection and tests in the mill or shop do not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to furnish weldments of satisfactory quality.

3. When materials or workmanship do not conform to the specification requirements, the Consultant reserves the right to reject material or workmanship or both at any time before final acceptance of the structure containing the weldment.

4. Submit all records of non-destructive examination.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 141: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 WELDING – SECTION 05 05 23

3.3.5 Destructive Tests

1. Make all repairs when metallographic specimens are removed from any part of a structure.

2. Employ only qualified welders or welding operators, and use the proper joints and welding procedures, including peening or heat treatment if required, to develop the full strength of the members and joints cut and to relieve residual stress.

3.4 CORRECTIONS AND REPAIRS

3.4.1 If inspection or testing indicates defects in the weld joints, repair defective welds using a qualified welder or welding operator as applicable.

3.4.2 Conduct corrections in accordance with the requirements of CSA W59 and the specifications.

3.4.3 Repair all defects in accordance with the approved procedures.

3.4.4 Repair defects discovered between passes before additional weld material is deposited.

3.4.5 Wherever a defect is removed and repair by welding is not required, blend the affected area into the surrounding surface to eliminate sharp notches, crevices, or corners.

3.4.6 After a defect is thought to have been removed, and before re-welding, examine the area by suitable methods to ensure that the defect has been eliminated.

3.4.7 Repaired welds shall meet the inspection requirements for the original welds.

3.4.8 Any indication of a defect is regarded as a defect, unless re-evaluation by non-destructive methods or by surface conditioning shows that no unacceptable defect is present.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 142: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 STRUCTURAL STEEL – SECTION 05 12 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 This section specifies the supply and installation of a new steel structure as per drawing S5.0

1.1.2 Structural steel shall conform to the requirements of Canadian Standards CAN/CSA-S16.1, “Limit States Design of Steel Structures” and CSA W59-M, Welded Steel Construction.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2.2 Section 05 05 23 – Welding

1.2.3 Section 08 36 13 – Sectional Doors

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.3.2 CISC/CPMA 1-73a – A Quick-drying One-coat Paint for Use on Structural Steel

1.3.3 CISC/CPMA 2.75 – A Quick-drying Primer for Use on Structural Steel

1.3.4 CAN3-G40.20-M – General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel

1.3.5 CAN/CSA G40.21-M – Structural Quality Steels

1.3.6 CAN3-S16.1 – Steel Structures for Buildings (Limit States Design)

1.3.7 CSA W47.1 – Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures

1.3.8 CSA W55.3 – Resistance Welding Qualification Code for Fabricators of Structural Members Used in Buildings

1.3.9 CSA W59-M – Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding)

1.3.10 CSA W178 – Qualification Code for Welding Inspection Organizations

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4.1 Provide structural steel specified in this section only by a structural steel fabricator who is fully accredited and a current member of the Canadian Institute of Steel Construction, or who has received approval in writing no less than one (1) week before bid closing.

1.4.2 Meet specified requirements of specified structural steel design reference standards, and CSA W55.3 and W59 for welding as applicable. Perform welding only by a fabricator fully certified to the conditions of CSA Qualification Code W55.3 or W47.1 as applicable. Conform to specified structural steel design reference standards where requirements are at variance.

1.4.3 Welding inspectors and supervisors shall meet qualification requirements of CSA W178, and shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category (a), Buildings.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 143: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 STRUCTURAL STEEL – SECTION 05 12 00

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.5.1 Deliver products that are only supplied by this Section to those who are responsible for installation, to the place they direct, and to meet installation schedule.

1.5.2 Protect architecturally exposed steel during fabrication, handling, shipping, storage and erection to prevent damage to surfaces by marking, bending, denting, and soiling with grease, oil, weld flux and other foreign materials.

1.6 WARRANTY

1.6.1 Provide a written and signed warranty in the name of the Owner.

1.6.2 The warranty shall cover the installation of the structural framing and associated work of this section as a result of faulty materials or workmanship for a period of five (5) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the work.

1.6.3 Where warranties in excess of the five (5) years detailed above are available from the manufacturers, provide the manufacturers' written and signed warranties in the name of the Owner.

1.6.4 Upon written notice from the Consultant that the work is defective, promptly repair or replace defective work to the Consultant's satisfaction.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Materials shall be as specified or approved equivalent.

2.1.2 Structural Steel: Shall conform to Canadian Standards CAN3-G40.20, General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel and CAN3-G40.21, Structural Quality Steels.

2.1.3 Adhesive Anchors: Shall be Hilti Hit Re 500 as detailed in drawings or approved equal.

2.1.4 Bolts and Fasteners: Shall conform to ASTM 325 and as detailed in drawings.

2.1.5 Non Shrink Grout: Shall be "M" Bed by Sternsons Limited.

2.1.6 Paint:

1. Shop Coat: To meet specified requirements of CISC/CPMA 1-73a.

2. Prime Paint: To meet specified requirements of CISC/CPMA 2-75, where a top finish of paint will be applied.

2.2 FABRICATION

2.2.1 This section shall provide a complete steel structure as specified and as incorporated into other construction shown on the drawings, and as specified herein. Include all components required for total structural integrity, coordinated with the work of other sections, and in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16.1.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 144: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 STRUCTURAL STEEL – SECTION 05 12 00

2.2.2 Take field measurements before fabrication and fabricate to comply with these measurements.

2.2.3 Fabricate rolled steel beam sections supporting roof assembly with a camber within allowable tolerances.

2.2.4 Prepare structural steel for attachment of products provided by other sections, including but limited to, bolt holes, anchor holes, anchor rods or brackets, clips, and similar attachments as detailed in drawings. Cut and cope members to provide clearances for adjacent installations incorporated into the assembly and to retain lines of finishes. Locate required preparation and cutting for members as directed by those responsible for other installations. Provide 17.5 mm diameter holes for 16 mm diameter bolts to attach wood nailers and blocking. Space generally at 400 mm on center, unless indicated otherwise.

2.2.5 Provide structural members bearing on concrete or bearing plates and wall anchors, unless noted otherwise in drawings.

2.2.6 Provide levelling plates only where base plate does not exceed 300 mm in either dimension. Fabricate levelling plates of steel plate 6 mm thick extending 12 mm beyond column base plate at each side. Otherwise, provide levelling screws or steel shims to level column base plates.

2.2.7 Cut required holes in steel members and reinforce openings only as detailed in drawings, or as authorized in writing by the Consultants.

2.2.8 Ensure that columns have full bearing on column base plates. Attach column base plates to columns in shop when practical.

2.2.9 Supply loose bearing plates for installation by other sections.

2.2.10 Design connections to meet specified requirements of specified structural steel design reference standards and the Canadian Institute of Steel Construction Handbook of Steel Construction, current edition.

2.2.11 Weld shop and field connections or bolt with high tensile bolts generally. Machine bolts may be used for minor connections not transmitting vertical shear.

2.2.12 Paint steel members under cover in shop and keep them under cover until paint has dried.

2.2.13 Where shop coat of paint is applied, clean and prepare surfaces to comply with specified requirements of CISC/CPMA Standard 1-73a.

2.2.14 Where steel is left unpainted, clean surfaces to extent required by CISC/CPMA 2-75.

2.2.15 Remove paint for at least 50 mm beyond surfaces which are welded after painting.

2.2.16 Do not paint surfaces to be field welded, that are in contact at bolted friction type connections or that are encased in or in contact with concrete.

2.2.17 Except where no painting or another type of coating is specified, give surfaces of steel one (1) coat of shop coat paint.

2.2.18 Give surfaces to receive finish top coats of paint one (1) coat of prime paint.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 145: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 STRUCTURAL STEEL – SECTION 05 12 00

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Verify before fabrication that bearings for structural steel are located correctly, and at correct level.

3.2 PREPARATION

3.2.1 Supply anchor bolts and other built-in structural steel items to those responsible for building them in. Deliver built-in items before they are required, to place designated by Contractor. Supply necessary information for incorporation of built-in items, and otherwise cooperate with installers.

3.3 ERECTION

3.3.1 Structural steel shall be erected by the fabricator, unless otherwise approved, and in accordance with specified structural steel design reference standards, RJC and referenced drawings.

3.3.2 Use only finally corrected and approved shop drawings and approved structural drawings issued for erection purposes.

3.3.3 This section shall include erection equipment and temporary flooring as required by erection and safety regulations. Brace and support structure during erection to ensure that it is maintained in alignment under construction and other loading, and until all other construction elements contributing to stability are in place. Failure to make adequate provision for erection stresses shall be the sole responsibility of the erector.

3.3.4 Cut structural steel members in field only to approved details.

3.3.5 Set column levelling plates where specified level within 2 mm across the plate.

3.3.6 Make permanent connections of members only after the structure which is stiffened by the members has been aligned.

3.3.7 Splice members only with Consultant's approval.

3.3.8 Touch up with shop coat or prime paint field connections, bolt heads and nuts, and burnt or scratched surfaces when erection is completed.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 146: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING – SECTION 05 40 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1. CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles.

2. CSA W47.1, Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures.

3. CSA W55.3, Resistance Welding Qualification Code for Fabricators of Structural Members Used in Buildings.

4. CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) (Metric Version).

5. CSA S136, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members.

6. CAN/CGSB-1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating.

7. Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute CSSBI 52M, Lightweight Steel Framing Binder.

8. ASTM A 591/A591M, Specification for Steel Sheet, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated, for Light Coating Mass Applications.

9. ASTM A 653/A653 M, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

10. ASTM A 792/A792M, Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS

1.3.1 Upon award of the Contract and prior to commencing installation, submit Shop Drawings, certified by a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the province of Quebec detailing all component members and method of attachment.

1.3.2 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

1.3.3 Shop Drawings to detail all component members and method of attachment of the metal stud system, including but not limited to: method of anchorage/fastening, type of fasteners and spacing, type of material, thickness and finishes.

1.3.4 Indicate locations, dimensions, openings and requirements of related work.

1.3.5 Indicate welds by welding symbols as defined in CSA W59.

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

1.4.1 Finished wall to be flat and plumb, with surface variations less than 2 mm/m

Page 147: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING – SECTION 05 40 00

1.4.2 The new steel stud system shall be designed to resist wind loading as defined by the Quebec Building Code, self-weight and gravity loading placed upon the studs by interior finishes, cladding, and wall mounted appurtenances.

1.4.3 Design deflection shall not be greater than L/240, or as dictated by the Quebec Building Code.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Framing members shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA-S136.

2.1.2 Galvanized Sheet Steel

1. Conform to ASTM A446/A446M, minimum Grade D, 345 MPa yield for 1.5 mm material and thicker.

2. Conform to ASTM A446/A446M, minimum Grade A, 228 MPa yield for 1.22 mm material and thinner.

2.1.3 Zinc coated steel sheet:

1. Quality to A653/A653M, with a minimum Z275 designation zinc coating.

2.1.4 Welding materials:

1. to CSA W59 and certified by Canadian Welding Bureau.

2.1.5 Welding electrodes:

1. CSA W48 Series.

2. Minimum E480XX for referenced welds on drawings.

2.1.6 Screws:

1. Hex type, self-drilling, corrosion protected to minimum requirements of CSSBI.

2. Length as specified or a minimum of 5 mm greater than combined material screw is joining.

2.1.7 Anchors:

1. Epoxy anchored unless noted otherwise specified on drawings.

2. Powder actuated fasteners into structural steel members only.

2.1.8 Bolts, nuts, washers:

1. hot dipped galvanized to CAN/CSA-G164, 600 g/m zinc coating.

2.1.9 Touch up primer:

1. zinc rich, to CAN/CGSB 1-GP-181.

2. Sealtight Galvafroid Zinc-Rich Coating by W.R. Meadows

Page 148: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING – SECTION 05 40 00

2.1.10 Bituminous paint:

1. CAN/CGSB-1.108.

2.2 STEEL STUD DESIGNATIONS

2.2.1 Colour code steel studs in accordance with CSSBI 50M.

2.3 METAL FRAMING

2.3.1 Steel Studs/Joists:

1. to CSA S136, fabricated from zinc coated steel, depth as indicated. Minimum steel thickness of 0.91 mm. Stud spacing to be at a maximum of 406 mm on centre to accommodate standard batt insulation.

2.3.2 Stud tracks: fabricated from same material and finish as steel studs, depth to suit.

2.3.3 Bottom track: single piece.

2.3.4 Top track: single piece.

2.3.5 Bridging: fabricated from same material and finish as studs, 38 x 12 x 1.22 mm minimum thickness.

2.3.6 Angle clips: fabricated from same material and finish as studs, 38 x 38 mm x depth of steel stud, 1.22 mm minimum thickness.

2.3.7 Tension straps and accessories: as recommended by manufacturer.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

2.4.1 Prior to commencement of work, submit:

1. two certified copies of mill reports covering material properties.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Do welding in accordance with CSA W59.

3.1.2 Companies to be certified under Division 1 or 2.1 of CSA W47.1 for fusion welding of steel structures and/or CSA W55.3 for resistance welding of structural components.

3.1.3 Do work in accordance with CSSBI 52M.

3.2 ERECTION

3.2.1 Erect components to requirements of reviewed shop drawings.

3.2.2 Anchor tracks securely to structure at 800 mm on centre maximum, unless lesser spacing prescribed on the drawings.

3.2.3 Erect studs plumb, aligned and securely attached with 2 (two) screws minimum, or welded in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 149: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING – SECTION 05 40 00

3.2.4 Seat studs into bottom tracks and single piece top track.

3.2.5 Install studs at not more than 50 mm from abutting walls, openings, and each side of corners and terminations with dissimilar materials.

3.2.6 Brace steel studs with horizontal internal bridging at 1220 mm maximum. Fasten bridging to steel clips fastened to steel studs with screws or by welding.

3.2.7 Frame openings in stud walls to adequately carry loads by use of additional framing members and bracing as detailed on shop drawings.

3.2.8 Touch up welds with coat of zinc rich primer.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

3.3.1 Plumb: not to exceed 1/500th of member length.

3.3.2 Camber: not to exceed 1/1000th of member length.

3.3.3 Spacing: not more than 3 mm from design spacing.

3.3.4 Gap between end of stud and track web: not more than 4 mm.

3.4 CUTOUTS

3.4.1 Maximum size of cut outs for services as follows:

Member Depth

Across Member Depth

Along Member Depth

Centre to Centre Spacing

92 40 max 105 max 600 min 102 40 max 105 max 600 min 152 65 max 115 max 600 min

3.4.2 Limit distance from centerline of last unreinforced cut out to end of member to less than 300 mm.

END OF SECTION

Page 150: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

1.1.1 Preparing substrate surfaces.

1.1.2 Sealant and joint backing.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2.2 Section 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.3.2 ASTM C920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

1.3.3 ASTM C1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

1.3.4 ASTM C1311 – Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants

1.3.5 ASTM C1481 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants with Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)

1.3.6 CAN/CGSB-19.13 – Sealing Compound, One-component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing

1.3.7 CGSB 19-GP-5M – Sealing Compound, One Component, Acrylic Base, Solvent Curing

1.3.8 CGSB 19-GP-14M – Sealing Compound, One Component, Butyl-Polyisobutylene Polymer Base, Solvent Curing

1.3.9 CAN/CGSB-19.17 – One-component Acrylic Emulsion Base Sealing Compound

1.3.10 CAN/CGSB-19.24 – Multi-component, Chemical Curing Sealing Compound

1.3.11 SWRI (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) – Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification.

1.3.12 Sealants: The Professionals’ Guide, Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

1.4.2 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface preparation, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and field quality control testing.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1 Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 151: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1.5.2 Perform sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C1193.

1.5.3 Maintain one copy of document on site.

1.5.4 Inspection of work will be carried out by the Consultant and Owners designated personnel.

1.5.5 A pre-construction meeting shall be conducted at the project site to coordinate work and sequencing of work. The meeting shall include Owner, Contractor, and Consultant.

1.5.6 The Contractor must provide the Owner with one (1) week notice prior to commencement of work.

1.5.7 Prior to mobilizing on site, prepare and install sealant samples for adhesion testing, a minimum of two (2) samples for each substrate combination, according to the manufacturers written guidelines. Test sealant in contact with samples of materials to be caulked to ensure that proper adhesion will be obtained and no staining of the material will result. Testing to be completed prior to mobilization on site. Do not proceed with work until samples have been approved.

1.5.8 Adhesion tests on the new sealant will be pre-formed at random locations at the discretion of the Owner’s representative. Any work that is found to be sub-standard shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. The contractor shall assist with the sealant adhesion tests as directed.

1.5.9 Execute the work of this Section by Subcontractors approved by manufacturers of materials incorporated in the work; who has equipment, adequate for the project, and skilled tradesmen to perform it expeditiously; and is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations similar to that specified during a period of at least the immediate past five years.

1.5.10 Remove sealant and re-caulk disapproved joints.

1.5.11 Approved joints will establish minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and will serve as the standard by which subsequent work will be compared for acceptance.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

1.6.1 Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 20 years documented experience.

1.6.2 Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.

1.7 MOCK-UP

1.7.1 Construct mock-up with specified sealant types and with other components noted.

1.7.2 Construct mock-up at test window or between pre-cast concrete panels to show location, size, shape and depth of joints complete with back-up material, primer, caulking and sealant.

1.7.3 Locate where directed.

1.7.4 Mock-up may be part of finished work.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 152: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1.7.5 Allow 48 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with sealant work.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.8.1 Deliver and store materials in original wrappings and containers with manufacturer's seals and labels, intact.

1.8.2 Convey and store Products according to manufacturer’s instructions.

1.8.3 Where possible, do not store Products on roof. Only quantity of Product that will be used in one working day may be stored on roof. Insure that products loaded on roof are distributed evenly on the roof surface to avoid overloading roof at one point.

1.8.4 Cover and store Products on elevated platforms, protected from weather, freezing, water, construction activities. Protect from contact with ground or floor.

1.8.5 Remove and replace damaged, wet or broken Products.

1.8.6 Store products (primers, solvents, etc.) away from open flam or ignition source.

1.8.7 See Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements

1.9 COORDINATION

1.9.1 Section 01 33 00: Coordinate work.

1.9.2 Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section.

1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

1.10.1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials; and regarding labeling and provision of material safety data sheets acceptable to local Labour regulations.

1.10.2 Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use.

1.11 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.11.1 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste in designated containers.

1.11.2 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely for disposal away from children.

1.11.3 Dispose of surplus chemical and finishing materials in accordance with federal regulations.

1.11.4 Fold up metal banding, flatten, and place in designated area for recycling.

1.11.5 Use trigger operated spray nozzles for water hoses.

1.11.6 Return solvent and oil soaked rags for contaminant recovery and laundering or for proper disposal.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 153: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1.11.7 Use the least toxic sealants, adhesives, sealers, and finishes necessary to comply with the requirements of this section.

1.11.8 Close and seal tightly all partly used sealant containers and store protected in well ventilated fire-safe area at moderate temperature.

1.11.9 Place used hazardous sealant tubes and other containers in areas designated for hazardous materials.

1.12 WARRANTY

1.12.1 Installers Warranty:

1. Original statement on installer’s letterhead in which installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that demonstrate deterioration or failure within warranty period specified.

1. Warranty Period: [Two] years from date of substantial completion.

2. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight seal, water tight seal, and exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.

1.12.2 Provide manufacturer’s [five (5)] [twenty (20)] year material warranty for installed silicone sealant.

1.12.3 All products to be tested and validated by the Sealant Weatherproofing Restoration Institute (SWRI).

PART 2 - Products

2.1 COMPATIBILITY

2.1.1 All materials in a sealant system shall be compatible with each other, with the substrate and any coating or waterproofing to be installed. The sealants used with the elastomeric coating or waterproofing systems must be approved by the coating or waterproofing manufacturer.

2.1.2 Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. All roofing components including bituminous adhesives, insulation, felts, flashings, accessories and surface coatings which are to be incorporated into the system must be compatible with all specified components.

2.1.3 At the request of the consultant, provide written declaration from the Manufacturer that components/materials to be installed as part of this section are compatible with their substrates, and will not negatively affect performance or void any warranties.

2.2 SEALANT MATERIALS

2.2.1 Sealant compounds must:

1. Meet or exceed all applicable governmental and industrial safety and performance standards.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 154: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

2. Be manufactured and transported in such a manner that all steps of the process, including the disposal of waste products arising therefrom, will meet the requirements of all applicable governmental acts, by laws and regulations.

3. Be accompanied by detailed instructions for proper application so as to minimize health concerns and maximize performance, and information describing proper disposal methods.

4. Sealants shall be compatible with and adhere to the substrates to which they are applied and shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 1193.

2.2.2 Sealant that emits strong odours, contains toxic chemicals, or is not certified as mould resistant shall not be used in or near air handling units.

2.2.3 Joint widths shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 1472.

2.3 SEALANT MATERIAL DESIGNATIONS

2.3.1 Bituminous Based (Type B), mastic sealant. Compatible with bituminous materials. Description: Single component mastic made of SBS synthetic rubbers, plasticized with bitumen and solvents, containing fibers and mineral fillers. Aluminum pigments are added to SOPRAMASTIC ALU to provide greater resistance to U.-V.

1. Specified product for exposed, permanent mastic sealant: SOPRAMASTIC ALU manufactured by SOPREMA, or approved equivalent.

2. Specified product foe unexposed or temporary mastic sealant: SOPRAMASTIC manufactured by SOPREMA, or approved equivalent.

2.3.2 Acrylic Sealant (Type D), [ASTM C920, Grade [____], Class [____], Use [____];] single component, solvent curing, non staining, non bleeding, non sagging; [_____]:

1. colour [as selected]:

2. Elongation Capability[7.5 to 12] [25] percent

3. Service Temperature Range <[ 25 to 82] [____] degrees C> <<[ 13 to 180] [____] degrees F>>

4. Shore A Hardness Range[25 to 50] [_40___]

5. Acceptable Products:

1. Mono 555 manufactured by Tremco.

2.3.3 Butyl Sealant (Type E): [ASTM C920, Grade [____], Class [____], Use [____];] single component, solvent release, non skinning, non sagging, black colour:

1. Elongation Capability[7 to 10] [____] percent

2. Service Temperature Range <[ 25 to 82] [____] degrees C> <<[ 13 to 180] [____] degrees F>>

3. Shore A Hardness Range[10 to 30] [_N/A___]

4. Acceptable Products:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 155: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1. Butyl manufactured by Tremco.

2.3.4 Acoustic Sealant (Type E): ASTM C920, Acoustic grade, single component, solvent release, non skinning, non sagging, Grey colour:

1. Elongation Capability[7 to 10] [____] percent

2. Service Temperature Range <[ 25 to 82] [____] degrees C> <<[ 13 to 180] [____] degrees F>>

3. Shore A Hardness Range[10 to 30] [____]

4. Acceptable Products:

1. Acoustical manufactured by Tremco.

2.3.5 Polyurethane Sealant, single component (Type G), CAN/CGSB 19.13, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, [capable of continuous water immersion,] non sagging [self leveling] type:

1. [________] colour [as selected];

2. Elongation Capability: 25 percent

3. Max. joint width: 12 to 36 mm

4. Durability: 10 to 20 years

5. Service Temperature Range: -40 to 82 degrees C

6. Application Temperature: 4 to 49 degrees C

7. Drying time, tack free: 12 to 48 hours

8. Hardening period: 14 to 18 days

9. Shrinkage: <= 5%

10. New (1 to 6 month) Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 20 to 45

11. 5 year Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 20 to 55

12. Acceptable Products:

1. Vulkem 116 by Tremco

2. Sikaflex-1A by Sika

3. Sonolastic NP-1 by Sonneborn, a Div. of BASF Chemical

4. M-1 Structural Sealant by ChemLink

5. Vulkem 45 SSL by Tremco

2.3.6 Silicone Sealant, single component, solvent curing, (Type I): CAN/CGSB 19.13; non sagging, non staining, [fungus resistant,] non bleeding:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 156: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 7 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1. [________] colour [as selected];

2. Elongation Capability: 40 percent

3. Max. joint width: 30 mm

4. Durability: 10 to 25 years

5. Service Temperature Range: -54 to 177 degrees C

6. Application Temperature: -29 to 71 degrees C

7. Drying time, tack free: 0.25 to 1 hour

8. Hardening period: 5 to 14 days

9. Shrinkage: <= 5%

10. New (1 to 6 month) Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 20 to 45

11. 5 year Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 15 to 45

12. Acceptable Products:

1. Proglaze manufactured by Tremco

2. SikaSil SG 18 by Sika Canada Inc.

2.3.7 Silicone Sealant, single component, neutral curing (Type J): CAN/CGSB 19.13, [fungus resistant,] non sagging, non staining, non bleeding; [________] colour [as selected]:

1. Elongation Capability: 40 percent

2. Max. joint width: 30 mm

3. Durability: 10 to 25 years

4. Service Temperature Range: -54 to 177 degrees C

5. Application Temperature: -29 to 71 degrees C

6. Drying time, tack free: 0.25 to 1 hour

7. Hardening period: 5 to 14 days

8. Shrinkage: <= 5%

9. New (1 to 6 month) Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 20 to 45

10. 5 year Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 15 to 45

11. Acceptable Products- Exterior Sealant:

1. Spectrum 1 by Tremco,

2. Contractors Concrete Sealant (CCS), by Dow Corning Corporation

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 157: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 8 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

3. DC 795, by Dow Corning Corporation

4. DC 790 by Dow Corning Corporation

5. DC Contractors Weatheproofing Sealant (CWS) by Dow Corning Corporation

6. Spectrem 2 by Tremco

7. Tremsil 400 by Tremco

8. SikaSil WS-290 by Sika Canada Inc.

9. SikaSil WS-295 by Sika Canada Inc.

10. SikaSil WS-305 CN by Sika Canada Inc.

12. Acceptable Products - Interior Sealant:

1. Contractors Weatherproofing Sealant (CWS) by Dow Corning Corporation.

2. Tremsil 400 by Tremco

3. Dymonic 100 by Tremco (paintable)

4. SikaSil WS-305 CN by Sika Canada Inc.

2.3.8 Silicone Sealant, single component, acidic curing, fungus resistant, (Type K): CAN/CGSB 19.13, non sagging, non staining, non bleeding; [________] colour [white] [clear]:

1. Elongation Capability: 40 percent

2. Max. joint width: 30 mm

3. Durability: 10 to 25 years

4. Service Temperature Range: -54 to 177 degrees C

5. Application Temperature: -29 to 71 degrees C

6. Drying time, tack free: 0.25 to 1 hour

7. Hardening period: 5 to 14 days

8. Shrinkage: <= 5%

9. New (1 to 6 month) Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 20 to 45

10. 5 year Shore A Hardness Range (24 degrees C): 15 to 45

11. Acceptable Products:

1. DC 786 by Dow Corning Corporation

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 158: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 9 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

2. DC Tub Tile and Ceramic by Dow Corning Corporation

3. Tremsil 200 by Tremco

4. SikaSil –GP by Sika Canada Inc.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

2.4.1 Primer:

1. Non-corrosive and non-staining type, compatible with joint forming materials and sealant. Primer as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

2.4.2 Joint Cleaner: Non corrosive and non staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.

1. Isopropyl Alcohol (recommended)

2. Methyl Ethyl Keytone (very hazardous – avoid if possible)

3. Not recommended: Xylol, Xylene, Toluene, Butanone

4. All substrate materials shall be cleaned with compatible cleaners.

2.4.3 Sealant Joint Backing (Backer Rods):

1. ASTM C1330; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 25 to 50 percent larger than joint width;

2. Joint backing shall be used at butt-joints to control depth of joint to the recommended thickness of sealant and to prevent three-sided adhesion without affecting the overall performance of the in-situ sealant.

3. Backer rods shall be made of material suitable for this application and shall be compatible with the cleaners, primers, and sealants.

4. Backer rods shall be easily compressible and 25 to 50% larger in diameter than the joint in which they will be used, to ensure that they remain under continuous compression once installed into the joint. The installation shall be carried out without causing damage to the substrates.

5. [________] manufactured by [____________].

2.4.4 Bond Breaker:

1. Where the joint prevents the use of a conventional backer rod, a bond-breaker tape shall be installed to prevent three-sided adhesion. Bond-breaker tape shall have one surface that is pressure sensitive and one surface that does not bond to the sealant.

2. Polyethylene bond breaker tape, as recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

3. [________] manufactured by [____________].

2.4.5 Void Filler:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 159: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 10 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1. Glass fiber insulation with a normal density of 14 kg/m3. Sized for 25% compression.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Before commencing work, verify that joint configuration and surfaces have been provided as specified under the work of other sections to meet intent of sealant specification, that joint conditions will not adversely affect execution, performance, or quality of completed work, and that they can be put into acceptable condition by means of preparation specified in this section. Verify site conditions together with manufacturer's representative of the sealant to be applied.

3.1.2 Inspect existing conditions and substrates upon which work of this section is dependent. Report to the Consultant in writing any defects or discrepancies. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions and assuming full responsibility for the finished condition of the work.

3.1.3 Ascertain that sealers applied to sealant substrates are compatible with the sealant used and that full bond between sealant and substrate is attained. Request samples of the sealed or coated substrate from their fabricators for testing of compatibility and bond if necessary.

3.1.4 Inspect sealant configuration for width and depth. Depth of joint should be 1/2 joint width with a minimum depth of 6 mm (1/4”) and a maximum depth of 13 mm (1/2”) unless specified otherwise. For fillet joints, a minimum of 6 mm (1/4”) adhesion between sealant and substrate must be achieved on both sides of the joint unless specified otherwise.

3.1.5 Defective work resulting from application to unsatisfactory joint conditions will be considered the responsibility of those performing the work of this section.

3.2 PROTECTION

3.2.1 Protect existing facades from staining or contamination.

3.2.2 Protect public from falling debris during installation.

3.2.3 At end of each day's work or when stoppage occurs due to inclement weather, provide protection for completed work and materials out of storage. At no time shall unsealed joints be left open. If protection is required, then the entire drop/bay shall be adequately protected.

3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION

3.3.1 Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's directions.

3.3.2 Before any sealant repairs are made, the type of existing sealant shall be determined. If uncertain as to type, a sealant manufacturer technical representative shall be contacted to confirm type. Only sealant compatible with the existing shall be installed as part of repairs. Polyurethane based sealants are not to be applied over existing silicone sealants.

3.3.3 Where existing, remove sealant completely. In no case shall new sealant be applied over old. In addition:

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 160: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 11 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

1. Remove existing sealants, dust, oil, grease, oxidation, mill scale, coatings and all other loose material by cutting, brushing, scrubbing, scraping and/or grinding. In no case, however, shall components be damaged during surface preparation.

2. Clean substrates with the recommended solvent cleaner. Apply solvent with a clean cloth, pad or soft paper towel. The applicator cloth or towel shall not leave fiber residue on the substrate surface. The surface should be wiped clean and dried with a second clean cloth to ensure removal of contaminants. If substrate surfaces is still not clean, repeat procedures as needed. Change cloths frequently to prevent depositing contaminants from the cloth onto the substrate surface.

3. Use method of surface preparation suitable for substrate, as recommended by sealant manufacturer and that does not damage existing finishes.

3.3.4 Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation of backup materials and sealants.

3.3.5 Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound, water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required.

3.3.6 Ensure joint surfaces are dry and frost free.

3.3.7 At crack locations to be sealed at the sill locations, use a concrete router to create a minimum 10 x 15 mm (3/8” x 5/8”) deep groove. Saw-cutting is not an acceptable alternative.

3.3.8 Remove loose particles present or resulting from routing by sweeping particles out with a dry brush, blowing out joints with oil free compressed air or by vacuuming joints prior to solvent cleaning.

3.3.9 Ensure drain holes in window frames are unobstructed and remove blocked drain holes.

3.4 PRIMING

3.4.1 Where necessary to prevent staining or for neat appearance, mask adjacent surfaces prior to priming and caulking.

3.4.2 Prime sides of joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions immediately prior to caulking.

3.4.3 Use only the primer approved by the sealant manufacturer for the particular installation, applying in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed recommendations.

3.4.4 Always pour primers onto the rag or brush, do not dip the rag or brush into the container.

3.4.5 Prime only as much area that can be packed and caulked in a single day.

3.4.6 Do not apply excess primer, and apply primer only to areas which it will be contacted by sealant.

3.5 BACKUP MATERIAL

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 161: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 12 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

3.5.1 Apply bond breaker tape where the installation of backer rod is not possible, three point adhesion needs to be eliminated or the throat to width ratio needs to be created as per manufacturers recommendations.

3.5.2 When using backing material comprised of tubular or rod stock, avoid lengthwise stretching of the material. Do not twist or braid backer material.

3.5.3 Provide a stiff blunt-surfaced wood or plastic installation tool, having shoulders designed to ride on the finished surface and a protrusion of the required dimensions to assure a uniform depth of backup material below the sealant. Do not puncture the exterior skin or surface of the backer material. A screwdriver is prohibited for use on this project.

3.5.4 Using the approved tool, smoothly and uniformly place the backup material to the depth indicated on the drawings or otherwise required, compressing the backer material 25% to 33% and securing a positive fit.

3.5.5 Install backing material to a depth to provide a caulked joint meeting the depth requirement as set out in the sealant manufacturer's specifications.

3.6 MIXING

3.6.1 Mix materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions.

3.7 APPLICATION

3.7.1 Sealant:

1. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Mask edges of joint where irregular surface or sensitive joint border exist to provide neat joint.

3. Apply sealant in continuous beads.

4. Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle.

5. Ensure that the new sealant is adhered to substrates a minimum of 6 to 10 mm at each side of joint.

6. Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid.

7. Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities.

8. Tool exposed surfaces before skinning begins to give slightly concave shape. Tooling to be performed by proper metal or wood tool. Finger tooling joints will not be accepted.

9. Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion.

10. Metal to Glass Joints:

1. Remove existing sealant flush or slightly sloped outwards of joint, as required, by suitable methods without damage to adjacent surfaces.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 162: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 13 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

2. Fill joint with sealant in accordance with manufacturer's specifications, with a minimum 3 mm bite onto the glass surfaces and a minimum 3 mm onto and overlapping the aluminum glazing stops to provide a neat convex shape.

3. Finish joints smooth, free of wrinkles, air pockets, and embedded foreign materials.

11. Brick to Metal/Concrete Joint

1. Remove existing sealant, as required, by suitable methods without damage to adjacent surfaces.

2. Clean surfaces of all joints and spaces to be sealed in an approved manner. Ensure that surfaces are sound, free of dust, grease, other contaminants, or laitance which may adversely affect the adhesion of the sealant. Clean surfaces with an approved solvent or cleaner.

3. Prime inner face surfaces of the joints, in accordance with sealant manufacturer's Specification, to provide full adhesion and to prevent staining of face surfaces at joints.

4. Pack joints tightly with sealant backing. Ensure rod is not punctured during installation.

5. Fill joints with sealant in accordance with manufacturer's Specifications.

6. Finish joints smooth, free of wrinkles, air pockets, and embedded foreign materials.

12. Metal to Metal Joints

1. Remove existing sealant flush or slightly sloped outwards of joint, as required, by suitable methods without damage to adjacent surfaces.

2. Clean surfaces of all joints and spaces to be sealed in an approved manner. Ensure that surfaces are sound, free of dust, grease, other contaminants, or laitance which may adversely affect the adhesion of the sealant. Clean surfaces with an approved solvent or cleaner.

3. Prime inner face surfaces of the joints, in accordance with sealant manufacturer's Specification, to provide full adhesion and to prevent staining of face surfaces at joints.

4. Fill joints with sealant in accordance with manufacturer's Specifications, with a 3 mm overlap onto the metal surfaces on each side of the joint, providing a neat convex shape.

5. Finish joints smooth, free of wrinkles, air pockets, and embedded foreign materials.

3.7.2 Preformed Silicone Seal:

1. Masking: Apply masking tape outlining area where silicone seal will be applied.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 163: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 14 of 14 Job No.: M12-1068-605 JOINT SEALANTS – SECTION 07 92 00

2. Sealant: Apply bead of silicone sealant on each side of joint and 6 mm inside masking tape.

3. Applied bead diameter: 3 mm

4. Minimum bonding area: 9 mm

5. Silicone seal: Within 10 minutes of sealant application, press silicone extrusion into wet sealant. Apply consistent pressure with roller to ensure uniform contact with 9 mm minimum bonding area.

6. Apply or tool fillet bead on up slope edge of seal.

7. Complete horizontal joints prior to vertical joints. Lap vertical seal over seal on horizontal joint.

8. At joint ends, cut extrusion with razor knife.

9. Cleaning: Remove masking tape and excess sealant.

3.7.3 Curing:

1. Cure sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions.

2. Do not cover up sealants until proper curing has taken place.

3.8 CLEANING

3.8.1 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean.

3.8.2 Remove excess and droppings, using recommended cleaners as work progresses.

3.8.3 Remove masking tape after initial set of sealant.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 164: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SECTIONAL DOORS – SECTION 08 36 13

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDE

1.1.1 Electric sectional overhead doors

1.1.2 Loading Dock Equipment.

1.1.3 Operating hardware, supports, controls, and related accessories.

1.1.4 This section specifies the installation of new overhead sectional doors

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2.2 Section 03 30 00 – Concrete and Concrete Repairs

1.2.3 Section 04 05 00 - Common Work Results for Masonry: Prepared opening in concrete block wall

1.2.4 Section 05 05 23 – Welding

1.2.5 Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel: Structural elements for door opening, door, wall protection, and dock door related equipment

1.2.6 Section 05 40 00 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Structural elements for exterior metal cladding

1.2.7 Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Perimeter sealant and backup materials.

1.2.8 Section 26 05 20 – Electrical Power Supply and Wiring

1.3 REFERENCES

1.3.1 AHA A135.4 - Basic Hardboard.

1.3.2 ANSI A216.1 - Sectional Overhead Type Door (NAGDM 102).

1.3.3 ASTM A653/A653M - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

1.3.4 ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

1.3.5 ASTM B221 Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.

1.3.6 ASTM E330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

1.3.7 NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.

1.3.8 NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Page 165: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SECTIONAL DOORS – SECTION 08 36 13

1.4.1 Welding shall comply with CSA W59 standard. Welders to be Canadian Welding Bureau approved in accordance with the requirements of CSA W47. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush without leaving grinding marks and paint with zinc based paint.

1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

1.5.1 Section 01 33 00: Submission procedures.

1.5.2 Indicate materials, operating mechanisms, required clearances and electrical connections on shop drawings.

1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION

1.6.1 Section 01 33 00: Submission procedures.

1.6.2 Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention

1.7 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT

1.7.1 Section 01 33 00: Submission procedures.

1.7.2 WARRANTY

1. Provide a written and signed warranty in the name of the Owner.

2. The warranty shall cover the installation of a new overhead garage door and associated work as a result of faulty materials or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the work.

3. Upon written notice from the Consultant that the work is defective, promptly repair or replace defective work to the Consultant's satisfaction.

1.7.3 Operation Data: Provide all required information to Owner regarding day-to-day operations of products installed under this Section

1.7.4 Maintenance Data: Include maintenance data for all products installed under this Section.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Materials shall be as specified or approved equivalent. All fasteners and bolts into concrete shall be adhesive or as required by the manufacturer.

2.1.2 Loading Dock Door/Dock Leveler System: As manufactured by Rite-Hite Products Corporation.

1. Loading Dock Bumper seals

2. Pit Forming Kit

1. Rite-Hite Dok-Box (Embedded Steel)

3. Hydraulic Dock Leveler

Page 166: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SECTIONAL DOORS – SECTION 08 36 13

1. RHH-50 High Capacity Dock Leveler 8L X 7W (J) 20” SAFE-T-LIP

4. Loading Dock Seals

1. Frommelt Pitmaster Under-leveler seals

2. Frommelt Pitmaster Pit Corner seals

5. Loading Dock Shelters

1. Frommelt 610 G Eliminator Gapmaster II Dock Shelter

6. Loading Dock Vehicle Restraints

1. Rite-Hite STR-4100 Dok-Lok w/ Stabilizing Capability

7. Building Protection Systems

1. Loading dock bumpers

1. Rite-Hite DokSaver Loading Dock Bumpers

2. Safety Strips

1. Reflecto-Guide

8. Combination Control Panel

1. Rite-Hite DOK-COMMANDER w/ Dock Leveler, Dok-Lok, Overhead Door, Dock Light controls in one enclosure.

9. Dock Lights

1. Light Communication System

1. Rite-Vu Corner-Vu

2. Dock Light on flexible arm

1. Rite-Hite HD-LED Swing Arm Dock Light

10. Electric Overhead Sectional Door (Motorized)

1. Rite-Hite Universal GX-4000 Door

2. Sectional door operator

1. ZAP Controls 8825 Series 3 Super-Drive

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 PERFORM A MOCKUP IN A LOCATION DETERMINED BY CONSULTANT BEFORE PROCEEDING

3.2 INSTALLATION OF OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS

3.2.1 Each door shall be sized to fit the specified 10’ X 10’ door opening.

Page 167: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 SECTIONAL DOORS – SECTION 08 36 13

3.2.2 Install door and dock related equipment assemblies in accordance with Manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings.

3.2.3 Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress.

3.2.4 Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only.

3.2.5 Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from disconnect to unit components. Install electrical motors, controller units, pushbutton stations, relays and other electrical equipment required for door operation. Power supply located near door opening supplied by Section 26 05 20.

3.2.6 Adjust operable parts for correct function.

3.2.7 Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 92 00.

3.2.8 Install perimeter seals and shelters and adjust to form a weather-tight seal.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

3.3.1 Section 01 43 00 - Quality Assurance: Tolerances.

3.3.2 Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1.5 mm

3.3.3 Maximum Variation from Level: 1.5 mm

3.3.4 Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 3 mm from 3 m straight edge.

3.3.5 Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work.

3.4 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

3.4.1 Section 01 73 03: Prepare and start systems.

3.4.2 Ensure the operation and adjustments to door assembly for specified operation.

3.5 ADJUSTING

3.5.1 Adjust door assembly to smooth operation and in full contact with seals and shelters

3.6 CLEANING

3.6.1 Clean doors, frames and glass.

3.6.2 Remove temporary labels and visible markings.

3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

3.7.1 Protecting installed Work from damage until Area of Work is commissioned (turned over to the tenant).

3.7.2 Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning.

END OF SECTION

Page 168: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND WIRING – SECTION 26 05 20

PART 1 - General

1.1 SECTION INCLUDE

1.1.1 Read and conform to the requirements detailed in Division 1, which apply to, and form part of, all sections of the work.

1.1.2 This section specifies the provision of electrical power for make-up air unit and exhaust fans to include the installation and connection of all conduit, wiring, connections and controls.

1.1.3 Provide all labour, material, tools, equipment, etc. required to complete all work shown in the drawings or required by this specification. The work shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations of all authorities having legal jurisdiction over the work. Include any small items not specifically called for, but required to complete the intended installation.

1.1.4 The Consultant reserves the right to approve the quality of material and workmanship, and to call for any tests which are deemed necessary during the progress of the work and a complete test of each system at the completion of the work. The cost of all tests will be the Contractor's responsibility.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1.2.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.2.2 Section 08 33 23 – Overhead Doors

1.3 QUALITY CONTROL

1.3.1 Work of this section shall meet or exceed the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code, Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Hydro Electrical Power Commission requirements, and local applicable codes and regulations.

1.4 DRAWINGS

1.4.1 Prepare, without extra cost, any large scale working drawings which may be required by the examining authorities.

1.5 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

1.5.1 Maintain a separate set of white prints on the site and note all changes and deviations from the original design. Two (2) sets of these drawings and a set of erasable sepia showing all as-built conditions shall be forwarded to the Consultant at the completion of this contract and before applying for final payment.

1.6 TESTING

1.6.1 Perform tests on each system to the satisfaction of the Consultant and submit test results for approval prior to the final acceptance of the work.

1.6.2 Panel loads shall be balanced within 5%.

1.6.3 Grounding shall be in accordance with the requirements detailed in the Electrical Code.

1.6.4 Test all system grounding conductors for phase to ground loads. Ammeter shall read less than one (1) ampere.

Page 169: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND WIRING – SECTION 26 05 20

1.7 DEMONSTRATION OF SYSTEM

1.7.1 Demonstrate the function and operation of each system to the maintenance staff or Owner's representative.

1.8 WARRANTY

1.8.1 Provide a written and signed warranty in the name of the Owner.

1.8.2 The warranty shall cover the installation of the power supply, wiring and associated work as a result of faulty materials or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance of the work.

1.8.3 Upon written notice from the Consultant that the work is defective, promptly repair or replace defective work to the Consultant's satisfaction.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

2.1.1 Conduit: Shall be 19 mm and surface mounted. Conduit for branch circuits wiring shall be thin wall (EMT). Aluminum conduit shall not be used.

2.1.2 Connectors: Shall be forged steel, with factory installed insulated throats.

2.1.3 Fireproofing Sealant: Shall be "Cirafibre" 2300 or "Flamaseal" putty, or approved equivalent.

2.1.4 Pull and Junction Boxes: Shall be CSA approved, code gauge sheet metal, galvanized, and sized to meet Electrical Code requirements. "Throughwall" and "Utility" type boxes shall not be used.

2.1.5 Conductors: Shall be suitably sized and rated as required on site and as dictated by the code.

2.1.6 Wiring: All wires shall be copper, and colour coded as indicated by applicable codes. Wiring for 120V lighting branch circuits shall be solid and #12 AWG. Wire for mechanical service shall be the size the manufacturer recommends. The voltage drop to the outlets is to be limited to 2%.

2.1.7 Power Supply System: Circuit breakers shall have thermal magnetic trip protection with bimetallic elements for the delay overload protections. Breakers shall be Bolt-in field interchangeable and I.C. of breakers to be minimum 18kA, or as required to meet available short circuit current in the system.

1. Voltage drop at the end of all feeders and branch circuits shall not exceed 2% at the rated load of the circuit.

2. All branch circuits shall be identified with panel circuit numbers using Brandy markers, as required.

3. Use Panduit lok strap cable ties for panel branch wiring.

2.1.8 Low Voltage Fuses: Fuse sizes and types shall be as indicated in this section. Equipment holding the fuses shall be specified, otherwise any changes need to convert the equipment to hold the specified fuses shall be at the Contractor's expense.

Page 170: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND WIRING – SECTION 26 05 20

1. Fuses shall be CSA approved HRC type, voltage as required, Class J, non-renewable, dual element Aeroflex or equal.

2. Anti-seize compound for all fuse holders shall be Thomas & Beets "Kiper/Shield", or approved equivalent.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Supply and install all necessary wiring and connections for each bathroom fan exhaust and kitchen exhaust hood and the roof top make-up air unit.

3.1.2 Install and adjust all necessary controls, thermostats and switches for fans and heaters.

3.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

3.2.1 Run exposed conduits parallel to building lines. Fasten every conduit to building structure by means of approved conduit clamps or clips. Wire lashing is not acceptable. Obtain Consultant's approval for conduits' routing.

3.2.2 Clean interior of all conduits to remove water and debris before pulling wires.

3.2.3 Where holes are drilled through floors or walls, they shall be packed around conduit with asbestos rake and sealed with an approved caulking compound, or fire-stopping material such as Tremco's Fyre-Shield, where penetrations are through fire rated assemblies.

3.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

3.3.1 Boxes shall be supported independently of conduits.

3.3.2 Identify all electrical boxes by applying suitable colour with spray paint. 120/208V shall be orange in colour.

3.4 WIRE AND CABLE

3.4.1 Wire and cable shall not be installed at temperatures below -7°C. Conductors will be tagged and colour coded, and where applicable shall agree with manufacturer's wiring diagrams. The required number and types of wire shall be installed in accordance with equipment manufacturer's diagrams and requirements, and with requirements of the installation, except that Specification standards shall not be reduced.

3.4.2 Where common neutrals are used ensure that circuits are from different phases.

3.4.3 Final connections to appliances shall originate from an outlet box. Connections to appliance body shall not be acceptable.

3.4.4 The required number of wires shall be installed in accordance with equipment, manufacturer's diagrams and requirements, and with installation requirements, except that Specification standards shall not be reduced.

3.5 GROUNDING

3.5.1 The entire electrical system shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Code and local utility authorities. Include supplementary ground connector in each conduit.

Page 171: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY AND WIRING – SECTION 26 05 20

3.6 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

3.6.1 The power supply shall be an addition to existing power supply and distribution systems in building.

3.6.2 All additions shall be executed in accordance with applicable Codes and upon Consultant's approval to proceed.

3.6.3 Point of power supply for mechanical systems shall be the adjacent electrical room. An alternate location may approved by the Consultant.

END OF SECTION

Page 172: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 LIGHTING – SECTION 26 50 00

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 26 05 20 – Electrical Supply and Wiring

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to on this specification shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ANSI/NEMA C82.1 – Electric Lamp Ballasts-Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast

1.2.3 ANSI/IEEE C62.41 – Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits.

1.2.4 ASTM F1137 – Standard Specification for Phosphate/Oil and Phosphate/Organic Corrosion Protective Coatings for Fasteners.

1.2.5 ICES-005 – Radio Frequency Lighting Devices

1.2.6 Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC)

1.2.7 Health Canada/Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS).

1.2.8 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1.3.1 Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

1.3.2 Product Data:

1. Provide manufacturer's printed product literature, specifications and datasheet and include product characteristics, performance criteria, physical size, finish and limitations.

2. Provide complete photometric data prepared by independent testing laboratory for luminaires where specified, for review by Consultant.

3. Photometric data to include: VCP Table where applicable.

1.3.3 Quality assurance submittals: provide following in accordance with Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control.

1. Manufacturer's instructions: provide manufacturer's written installation instructions and special handling criteria, installation sequence and cleaning procedures.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.4.1 Deliver, store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 – Common Product Requirements.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 173: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 LIGHTING – SECTION 26 50 00

1.4.2 Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's name, address.

1.4.3 Packaging Waste Management: remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of packaging materials in accordance with Section 01 74 00 – Cleaning and Waste Management.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 LAMPS

2.1.1 See Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work.

2.2 BALLASTS

2.2.1 See Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work.

2.3 FINISHES

2.3.1 Light fixture finish and construction to meet ULC listings and CSA certifications related to intended installation.

2.4 OPTICAL CONTROL DEVICES

2.4.1 See Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work.

2.5 LUMINAIRES

2.5.1 See Section 01 11 00 Summary of Work.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 Locate and install luminaires as indicated.

3.1.2 Provide adequate support to suit ceiling system.

3.2 WIRING

3.2.1 Connect luminaires to lighting circuits: Install flexible or rigid conduit for luminaires as indicated.

3.3 LUMINAIRE SUPPORTS

3.3.1 For suspended ceiling installations support luminaires independently of ceiling.

3.4 LUMINAIRE ALIGNMENT

3.4.1 Align luminaires mounted in continuous rows to form straight uninterrupted line.

3.4.2 Align luminaires mounted individually parallel or perpendicular to building grid lines.

3.5 CLEANING

3.5.1 Clean in accordance with Section 01 74 00 – Cleaning and Waste Management.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 174: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 LIGHTING – SECTION 26 50 00

1. Remove surplus materials, excess materials, rubbish, tools and equipment.

3.5.2 Waste Management: separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 00 – Cleaning and Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 175: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 4 Job No.: M12-1068-605 LIGHTING – SECTION 26 50 00

This page left blank intentionally

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 176: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving

1.2 APPLICABLE STANDARDS

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ASTM C136 – Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates

1.2.3 ASTM D422 – Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils

1.2.4 CAN/CGSB-8.1 – Sieves, Testing, Woven Wire, Inch Series

1.2.5 CAN/CGSB-8.2 – Sieves, Testing, Woven Wire, Metric

1.2.6 CAN/CSA-A3000 – Cementitious Materials Compendium

1.2.7 CAN/CSA-A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.2.8 OPSS 1010 – Material Specification for Aggregates-Base, Subbase, Select Subgrade, and Backfill Material

1.3 DEFINITIONS

1.3.1 Excavation classes: two classes of excavation will be recognized; common excavation and rock excavation.

1. Common excavation: excavation of materials of whatever nature, which are not included under definitions of rock excavation.

2. Rock: any solid material in excess of 0.25 m3 and which cannot be removed by means of heavy duty mechanical excavating equipment.

1.3.2 Unclassified excavation: excavation of deposits of whatever character encountered in Work.

1.3.3 Topsoil: material capable of supporting good vegetative growth and suitable for use in top dressing, landscaping and seeding.

1.3.4 Waste material: excavated material unsuitable for use in Work or surplus to requirements.

1.3.5 Borrow material: material obtained from locations outside area to be graded, and required for construction of fill areas or for other portions of Work.

1.3.6 Native material: material from site where work is occurring.

1.3.7 Landscaping: where the finish surface is comprised of sod or planting beds.

1.3.8 Unsuitable materials: Weak and compressible materials under excavated areas.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 177: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

1.3.9 Non shrink fill: very weak mixture of Portland cement, concrete aggregates and water that resists settlement when placed in utility trenches, and capable of being readily excavated.

1.3.10 Granular A: dense grade aggregates intended for use as granular as granular base within a pavement structure and backfill.

1.3.11 Granular B: well-graded aggregates intended for use as granular sub-base within the pavement structure and backfill.

1.3.12 Granular M: dense grade aggregates intended for use on areas without a pavement surface.

1.3.13 Granular O: open graded aggregates intended for use as a free draining granular base within pavement structures.

1.3.14 Granular S: dense graded aggregates intended for use as surface dressing of low volume on areas without a pavement surface.

1.3.15 Pit run Material: material directly excavated from an existing bank in a pit and delivered to the job site without further processing, e.g. crushing, screening, washing, and classifying.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1.4.1 Samples:

1. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

2. Inform Consultant at least one week prior to commencing Work, of proposed source of, but not limited to fill and non shrink fill materials.

3. Upon request provide Consultant with designs of engineered fill and mix designs for un-shrinkable fill.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.5.1 Where Consultant/Engineer is employee of Contractor, submit proof that Work by Consultant/Engineer is included in Contractor’s insurance coverage.

1.5.2 Submit designs and supporting data at least 2 weeks prior to commencing Work.

1.5.3 Design and supporting data submitted to bear stamp and signature of qualified professional engineer registered or licensed in the Province of Ontario, Canada.

1.5.4 Keep design and supporting data on site.

1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.6.1 Separate and recycle waste materials.

1.6.2 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic in designated containers.

1.6.3 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely.

1.7 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FEATURES

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 178: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

1.7.1 Protect existing features in accordance with Section 01 56 00 - Temporary Barriers and Enclosures and applicable local regulations.

1.7.2 Existing buried utilities and structures:

1. Size, depth and location of existing utilities and structures if indicated are for guidance only. Completeness and accuracy are not guaranteed.

2. Prior to commencing excavation Work, notify applicable Owner or authorities having jurisdiction, establish location and state of use of buried utilities and structures. Owners or authorities having jurisdiction to clearly mark such locations to prevent disturbance during Work.

3. Confirm locations of buried utilities by careful test excavations.

4. Maintain and protect from damage, water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone and other utilities and structures encountered.

5. Where utility lines or structures exist in area of excavation, obtain direction of Consultant before re-routing. Costs for such Work to be paid by Owner.

6. Record location of maintained, re-routed and abandoned underground lines.

7. Confirm locations of recent excavations adjacent to area of excavation.

1.7.3 Existing buildings and surface features:

1. Conduct, with Consultant, condition survey of existing buildings, trees and other plants, lawns, fencing, service poles, wires, rail tracks, pavement, survey bench marks and monuments which may be affected by Work.

2. Protect existing buildings and surface features from damage while Work is in progress. In event of damage, immediately make repair to approval of Consultant and Owner.

3. Where required for excavation, cut roots or branches as approved by Consultant.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Granular shall meet the gradation requirements of OPSS 1010.

2.1.2 Non-shrink Fill: proportioned and mixed to provide:

1. Maximum compressive strength of 0.5 MPa at 28 days u/n otherwise on drawings

2. Maximum Portland cement content of 25 kg/m with 40% fly ash replacement: to CAN/CSA-A3000-A5, Type 10.

3. Concrete aggregates: to CAN/CSA-A23.1.

4. Portland cement: Type 10.

5. Slump: 160 to 200 mm

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 179: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 SITE PREPARATION

3.1.1 Remove obstructions, ice and snow, from surfaces to be excavated within limits indicated.

3.1.2 Cut pavement or sidewalk neatly along limits of proposed excavation to ensure surfaces break evenly and cleanly in accordance with Section 02 41 19 – Selective Demolition.

3.2 STOCKPILING

3.2.1 Stockpile fill material in areas designated by the Consultant or Owner. Stockpile and protect granular materials in to prevent segregation.

3.2.2 Protect fill materials from contamination.

3.3 EXCAVATION

3.3.1 Advise Consultant at least one week in advance of excavation operations for initial cross sections to be taken.

3.3.2 Excavation for footings, working slabs and granular pads shall be to neat lines as required for work to be carried out or as noted on drawings.

3.3.3 The bottom of the excavation on which the footing, working slab, or granular pad will rest shall not be disturbed. If disturbed due to improper protection or premature excavation, the disturbed portion shall be removed and replaced with material as per Consultants direction at not cost to owner.

3.3.4 In soft conditions, construction shall commence immediately after the removal of material to level required or as noted on drawings.

3.3.5 These areas shall be restored with compacted backfill with a suitable material as approved by Consultant at no cost to owner.

3.3.6 When authorized by the Consultant, additional excavation, as may be required, shall be carried out

3.3.7 Remove concrete, masonry, paving, demolished foundations and rubble and other obstructions encountered during excavation in accordance with Section 02 41 19 - Selective Demolition.

3.3.8 Excavation must not interfere with bearing capacity of adjacent foundations.

3.3.9 Do not disturb soil within branch spread of trees or shrubs that are to remain. If excavating through roots, excavate by hand and cut roots with sharp axe or saw.

3.3.10 Keep excavated and stockpiled materials a safe distance away from edge of trench.

3.3.11 Restrict vehicle operations directly adjacent to open trenches.

3.3.12 Dispose of surplus and unsuitable excavated material off site.

3.3.13 Do not obstruct flow of surface drainage or natural watercourses.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 180: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

3.3.14 Earth bottoms of excavations to be undisturbed soil, level, free from loose, soft or organic matter.

3.3.15 Notify Consultant when bottom of excavation is reached.

3.3.16 Obtain Consultant approval of completed excavation.

3.3.17 Remove unsuitable material from trench bottom to extent and depth as directed by Consultant.

3.3.18 Over-excavated areas shall be restored to the required level at no cost to owner as follows.

1. Fill under bearing surfaces and footings with concrete specified for footings, engineered fill or un-shrinkable fill concrete no less that the allowable bearing of existing undisturbed soil.

2. Hand trim, make firm and remove loose material and debris from excavations. Where material at bottom of excavation is disturbed, compact foundation soil to density at least equal to undisturbed soil.

3.4 FILL TYPES AND COMPACTION

3.4.1 Place non-shrink fill in all excavated areas.

3.5 BACKFILLING

3.5.1 Do not proceed with backfilling operations until Consultant has inspected and approved installations.

3.5.2 Areas to be backfilled to be free from debris, snow, ice, water and frozen ground.

3.5.3 Do not use backfill material which is frozen or contains ice, snow or debris.

3.5.4 Place backfill material in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm (8”) thickness up to grades indicated or to match existing. Compact each layer before placing succeeding layer.

3.5.5 Backfilling around installations.

1. Place bedding and surround material as specified elsewhere.

2. Do not backfill around or over cast-in-place concrete within 24 hours after placing of concrete.

3. Place layers simultaneously on both sides of installed Work to equalize loading.

4. Where temporary unbalanced earth pressures are liable to develop on walls or other structures:

1. Permit concrete to cure for minimum 14 days or until it has sufficient strength to withstand earth and compaction pressure as directed by Engineer:

2. If approved by Engineer, erect bracing or shoring to counteract unbalance, and leave in place until removal is approved by Engineer.

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 181: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING – SECTION 31 23 33

3.5.6 Place non-shrink fill in areas as indicated.

3.5.7 Consolidate and level non-shrink fill with internal vibrators.

3.5.8 Install drainage system in backfill as indicated.

3.6 RESTORATION

3.6.1 Upon completion of Work, remove waste materials and debris off site at local landfill and/or recycling facility.

3.6.2 Trim slopes, and correct defects as directed by Consultant.

3.6.3 Clean and reinstate areas affected by Work as directed by Consultant. Replace topsoil as indicated. Reinstate lawns to elevation which existed before excavation.

3.6.4 Reinstate pavements and sidewalks disturbed by excavation to thickness, structure and elevation which existed before excavation.

3.6.5 Use temporary plating to support traffic loads over un-shrinkable fill for initial 24 hours.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2012

Page 182: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 1 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

PART 1 - General

1.1 RELATED SECTIONS

1.1.1 Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work

1.1.2 Section 03 30 00 – Concrete and Concrete Repairs

1.1.3 Section 31 23 33 – Trenching and Backfilling

1.2 REFERENCES

1.2.1 All codes, standard specifications and by-laws referred to in this section shall be current editions including all revisions, addenda and supplements.

1.2.2 ACI 304 – Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete

1.2.3 ASTM A185 – Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain for Concrete

1.2.4 ASTM A497/A497M – Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed for Concrete

1.2.5 ASTM C33 – Concrete Aggregates

1.2.6 ASTM C94/C94M – Ready Mix Concrete

1.2.7 ASTM C150 – Portland Cement

1.2.8 ASTM C260 – Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

1.2.9 ASTM C494/C494M – Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

1.2.10 ASTM D698 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort

1.2.11 ASTM D1751 – Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)

1.2.12 ASTM D1752 – Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction

1.2.13 CAN/CSA A23.1 – Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction

1.2.14 CAN/CSA A23.2 – Methods of Test and Standard Practices for Concrete

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

1.3.1 Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 4°C, or surface is wet or frozen.

1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

1.4.1 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with local and provincial requirements.

1.4.2 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste in designated containers.

1.4.3 Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely.

Construction Control Inc. ©2011

Page 183: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 2 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

PART 2 - Products

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Concrete for Sidewalks, Curbs and Paving Slabs:

1. 32MPa, 40 +/-20 mm slump, C-2 exposure class, max w/c 0.45, 5-8% air

2.1.2 Reinforcing steel:

1. Deformed “Hi-Bond” grade 400 conforming with CAN/CSA G30.18, unless indicated otherwise. All bars to have Typical Identification Patterns of Canadian Producers and standard identification requirements as shown in the RSIC Manual of Standard Practice.

2.1.3 Granular Material:

1. Granular “B” conforming to OPSS 314 and 1010. Nominal 50 mm crushed limestone meeting gradation limits of Granular “B”. Reclaimed materials will not be acceptable unless specified otherwise.

2. Granular “A” conforming to OPSS 314 and 1010. Nominal 20 mm crushed limestone meeting gradation limits of Granular “A”. Reclaimed materials will not be acceptable unless specified otherwise.

2.1.4 Non-staining mineral type form release agent: chemically active release agents containing compounds that react with free lime to provide water soluble soap.

PART 3 - Execution

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Verify base conditions.

3.1.2 Verify compacted subgrade, granular base, and stabilized soil is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads.

3.1.3 Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

3.2 GRANULAR BASE

3.2.1 Obtain Consultant's approval of subgrade before placing granular base.

3.2.2 Place granular base material to lines, widths, and depths as indicated or to match existing.

3.2.3 Compact granular base to at least 98% of maximum density to ASTM D698.

3.3 PREPARATION

3.3.1 Obtain Consultants approval before placing concrete. Provide 48-hour notice prior to placing of concrete.

3.3.2 In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete. Place steel dowels of deformed steel reinforcing bars and pack solidly with epoxy anchorage; hold dowels in positions until set time has elapsed in accordance with the epoxy manufacturer’s specification.

Construction Control Inc. ©2011

Page 184: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 3 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

3.3.3 Equipment and materials capable of maintaining adequate temperature, humidity, and protection shall be available on site and be ready for operation when any concrete is placed.

3.3.4 All dirt, chips, sawdust, water, snow, ice and other foreign matter must be removed from formed area.

3.3.5 Prior to placing of concrete obtain Consultant’s approval of proposed method for protection of concrete during placing and curing.

3.3.6 Maintain accurate records of poured concrete items to indicate date, location of pour, quality, air temperature, and test samples taken.

3.3.7 Do not place load upon new concrete until authorized by Consultant.

3.4 FORMWORK

3.4.1 Fabricate and install formwork to provide straight lines and levels, consistent curves and radii of new concrete.

3.4.2 Forms shall be aligned and fitted to enable the new area to match the lines and levels of the existing adjacent concrete.

3.4.3 Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.

3.4.4 Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement.

3.5 CONSTRUCTION

3.5.1 Perform cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1.

3.5.2 Placing Concrete

1. Notify the Consultant at least 48 hours before any concrete operation is to proceed, for a review of the preparations.

2. Concrete shall be conveyed to the site by methods which will prevent the segregation or loss of material. Maximum time between adding mix water and complete discharge into the forms shall be 120 minutes. Exemptions to this time frame shall only be permitted with the approval by the Consultant when previously approved chemical additives are used.

3. Conveying and placement equipment shall be such that when concreting has started, the depositing of concrete shall be at such a rate and of such sequence that the concrete is at all times sufficiently plastic to ensure proper bonding of successive batches.

4. Internal vibrators shall be applied at the point of deposit in the areas of freshly placed concrete, allowed to sink by their own weight in the concrete until they penetrate into the previous layer of concrete. The vibrators shall be withdrawn immediately at the same rate at which they sank and moved about 300 mm (12”) to a new location, and the process repeated. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that internal type vibrators due not disturb the reinforcing steel or the forms.

Construction Control Inc. ©2011

Page 185: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 4 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

5. Plastic coated vibrators shall be used to consolidate concrete reinforced with epoxy coated bars.

6. Do not place concrete when it is raining or likely to rain. If rain begins after concrete is placed and before it is set, protect with waterproof covers until set.

3.5.3 Cold Weather Conditions

1. When air temperature is at or below or forecast to be at or below 5°C, conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1 including, but not limited to the following:

1. Job Preparation

2. Concrete temperature

3. Concrete Placing

4. Protection Requirements and Methods

5. Heated Enclosures

6. Protective Covers and Insulation

7. Cooling after protection

8. Cold-Weather Curing

2. All materials and equipment needed for adequate protection and curing shall be on hand and ready for use before concrete placement has started.

3.5.4 Hot Weather Protection

1. Conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA A23.1 and the recommendations of ACI Standard 305, Hot Weather Concreting.

3.6 FINISHING

3.6.1 Finish surfaces to within 3 mm in 3 m as measured with 3 m straightedge placed on surface.

3.6.2 Immediately after floating, give sidewalk and patio area surfaces a uniform broom finish to produce regular corrugations not exceeding 2 mm deep, by drawing broom in direction normal to centre line.

3.6.3 Install sidewalk with panels that create a 1:1 aspect ratio with width. Panels other than Expansion/Contraction and Isolation joints to be created using radius edging tool and a straight edge. Sidewalk panels not exceed 1500 mm.

3.6.4 All edges of curbs, sidewalks and gutters with monolithic curb shall receive edging with a 10 mm radius edging tool.

3.6.5 If ponding occurs after completion location will be replaced at no cost to the owner.

3.6.6 Follow manufacturer’s instructions for coloured and patterned concrete.

Construction Control Inc. ©2011

Page 186: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 5 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

3.7 EXPANSION/CONTRACTION AND ISOLATION JOINTS

3.7.1 Expansion/Contraction and Isolation joints to be constructed by using a single layer of 13 mm (1/2”) asphalt-impregnated fibre board.

3.7.2 In sidewalks install expansion/contraction joint at intervals of 4 m (13’). This to occur at location of a sidewalk panel.

3.7.3 Install isolation joints around manholes and catch basins and along length adjacent to concrete curbs, catch basins, buildings, or permanent structure.

3.8 SAWCUTTING

3.8.1 Install in curbs and gutters 52 mm (2”) deep saw-cuts a maximum of 24 hours after placement to mitigate shrinkage cracking.

3.8.2 Where concrete paving is required to create a patio area, saw-cut a square pattern, with a maximum single dimension of 2.4 m (8’). Maintain a 1:1 aspect ratio through the field and make up differences at the perimeter panels. If the perimeter abuts entrances or patio area requires a detailed pattern appearance, request direction from Consultant.

3.8.3 At all Curbs and Gutters and where a sidewalk is to be saw-cut, install saw-cut at intervals no greater than 2.4 m (8’).

3.8.4 When sidewalk or patio area is adjacent to curb, make joints of curb, gutters and sidewalk coincide.

3.9 CURING

3.9.1 Cure concrete by adding moisture continuously in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1 to exposed finished surfaces for at least 72 hours after placing, or sealing moisture in by a curing compound.

3.9.2 Where burlap is used for moist curing, place two pre-wetted layers on concrete surface and keep continuously wet during curing period.

3.9.3 Apply curing compound evenly to form continuous film. In accordance with manufacturer's requirements.

3.10 MATCHING EXISTING

3.10.1 Where new elements tie into existing ensure levels and lines are maintained.

3.10.2 If new joint does not act as an Expansion/Contraction or Isolation joint, roughen surface of existing to amplitude of 6 mm (1/4”).

3.10.3 Where existing has not been terminated at a location that will be aesthetically acceptable or provide for proper matching, request direction from consultant.

3.11 INSPECTION AND TESTING

3.11.1 Inspection and testing of materials will be carried out by independent testing laboratory as approved by Consultant/Owner.

3.11.2 Notice of any required inspection must be given 48 hours in advance.

Construction Control Inc. ©2011

Page 187: Specification for Phase 3 ... - Construction CAL inc. · Specification for Phase 3: Warehouse Restoration & Improvements at 2300-2400 Senkus Street LaSalle, Quebec Prepared for H&R

2300 Rue Senkus, LaSalle, QC Page 6 of 6 Job No.: M12-1068-605 CONCRETE PAVING – SECTION 32 13 13

3.11.3 Costs of tests will be paid under testing allowance. Testing invoices to be attached at invoicing without mark up.

3.11.4 Base and sub-base material testing will include standard sieve analysis for gradation for each type placed. Random sampling of compacted layers of base courses will be completed using a Nuclear Density Gauge.

3.11.5 Concrete laboratory testing will include a set of 3 cylinders for strength for each batch of concrete placed at the site. Field testing will also include slump and air content for each batch placed.

3.11.6 Field testing of base materials will include random sampling of compaction using a Nuclear Radiation Gauge.

END OF SECTION

Construction Control Inc. ©2011